You are on page 1of 119

Internal Use Only

North/Latin America http://aic.lgservice.com


Europe/Africa http://eic.lgservice.com
Asia/Oceania http://biz.lgservice.com

LED LCD TV
SERVICE MANUAL
CHASSIS : LD22E

MODEL: 42LM660S/660T/669S/669T
MODEL: 42LM660S/660T-ZA 42LM669S/669T-ZC
CAUTION
BEFORE SERVICING THE CHASSIS,
READ THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THIS MANUAL.

P/NO : MFL67360917 (1204-REV00) Printed in Korea

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CONTENTS

CONTENTS . ............................................................................................. 2

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ......................................................................... 3

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS..................................................................... 4

SPECIFICATION........................................................................................ 6

ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTION............................................................... 10

SCREW ASSEMBLY WORKING GUIDE ............................................... 18

BLOCK DIAGRAM................................................................................... 19

EXPLODED VIEW .................................................................................. 20

SCHEMATIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ..............................................................

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -2- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE


Many electrical and mechanical parts in this chassis have special safety-related characteristics. These parts are identified by in the
Schematic Diagram and Exploded View.
It is essential that these special safety parts should be replaced with the same components as recommended in this manual to prevent
Shock, Fire, or other Hazards.
Do not modify the original design without permission of manufacturer.

General Guidance Leakage Current Hot Check (See below Figure)


Plug the AC cord directly into the AC outlet.
An isolation Transformer should always be used during the
servicing of a receiver whose chassis is not isolated from the AC Do not use a line Isolation Transformer during this check.
power line. Use a transformer of adequate power rating as this Connect 1.5 K / 10 watt resistor in parallel with a 0.15 uF capacitor
protects the technician from accidents resulting in personal injury between a known good earth ground (Water Pipe, Conduit, etc.)
from electrical shocks. and the exposed metallic parts.
Measure the AC voltage across the resistor using AC voltmeter
It will also protect the receiver and it's components from being with 1000 ohms/volt or more sensitivity.
damaged by accidental shorts of the circuitry that may be Reverse plug the AC cord into the AC outlet and repeat AC voltage
inadvertently introduced during the service operation. measurements for each exposed metallic part. Any voltage
measured must not exceed 0.75 volt RMS which is corresponds to
If any fuse (or Fusible Resistor) in this TV receiver is blown, 0.5 mA.
replace it with the specified. In case any measurement is out of the limits specified, there is
possibility of shock hazard and the set must be checked and
When replacing a high wattage resistor (Oxide Metal Film Resistor, repaired before it is returned to the customer.
over 1 W), keep the resistor 10 mm away from PCB.
Leakage Current Hot Check circuit
Keep wires away from high voltage or high temperature parts.

Before returning the receiver to the customer,

always perform an AC leakage current check on the exposed


metallic parts of the cabinet, such as antennas, terminals, etc., to
be sure the set is safe to operate without damage of electrical
shock.

Leakage Current Cold Check(Antenna Cold Check)


With the instrument AC plug removed from AC source, connect an
electrical jumper across the two AC plug prongs. Place the AC
switch in the on position, connect one lead of ohm-meter to the AC
plug prongs tied together and touch other ohm-meter lead in turn to
each exposed metallic parts such as antenna terminals, phone
jacks, etc.
If the exposed metallic part has a return path to the chassis, the
measured resistance should be between 1 MΩ and 5.2 MΩ.
When the exposed metal has no return path to the chassis the
reading must be infinite.
An other abnormality exists that must be corrected before the
receiver is returned to the customer.

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -3- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SERVICING PRECAUTIONS
CAUTION: Before servicing receivers covered by this service 2. After removing an electrical assembly equipped with ES
manual and its supplements and addenda, read and follow the devices, place the assembly on a conductive surface such as
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS on page 3 of this publication. aluminum foil, to prevent electrostatic charge buildup or expo-
NOTE: If unforeseen circumstances create conflict between the sure of the assembly.
following servicing precautions and any of the safety precautions 3. Use only a grounded-tip soldering iron to solder or unsolder ES
on page 3 of this publication, always follow the safety precautions. devices.
Remember: Safety First. 4. Use only an anti-static type solder removal device. Some solder
removal devices not classified as “anti-static” can generate
General Servicing Precautions electrical charges sufficient to damage ES devices.
1. Always unplug the receiver AC power cord from the AC power 5. Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can generate
source before; electrical charges sufficient to damage ES devices.
a. Removing or reinstalling any component, circuit board mod- 6. Do not remove a replacement ES device from its protective
ule or any other receiver assembly. package until immediately before you are ready to install it.
b. Disconnecting or reconnecting any receiver electrical plug or (Most replacement ES devices are packaged with leads electri-
other electrical connection. cally shorted together by conductive foam, aluminum foil or
c. Connecting a test substitute in parallel with an electrolytic comparable conductive material).
capacitor in the receiver. 7. Immediately before removing the protective material from the
CAUTION: A wrong part substitution or incorrect polarity leads of a replacement ES device, touch the protective material
installation of electrolytic capacitors may result in an explo- to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the device will be
sion hazard. installed.
2. Test high voltage only by measuring it with an appropriate CAUTION: Be sure no power is applied to the chassis or circuit,
high voltage meter or other voltage measuring device (DVM, and observe all other safety precautions.
FETVOM, etc) equipped with a suitable high voltage probe. 8. Minimize bodily motions when handling unpackaged replace-
Do not test high voltage by "drawing an arc". ment ES devices. (Otherwise harmless motion such as the
3. Do not spray chemicals on or near this receiver or any of its brushing together of your clothes fabric or the lifting of your
assemblies. foot from a carpeted floor can generate static electricity suf-
4. Unless specified otherwise in this service manual, clean ficient to damage an ES device.)
electrical contacts only by applying the following mixture to the
contacts with a pipe cleaner, cotton-tipped stick or comparable General Soldering Guidelines
non-abrasive applicator; 10 % (by volume) Acetone and 90 % 1. Use a grounded-tip, low-wattage soldering iron and appropriate
(by volume) isopropyl alcohol (90 % - 99 % strength) tip size and shape that will maintain tip temperature within the
CAUTION: This is a flammable mixture. range or 500 °F to 600 °F.
Unless specified otherwise in this service manual, lubrication of 2. Use an appropriate gauge of RMA resin-core solder composed
contacts in not required. of 60 parts tin/40 parts lead.
5. Do not defeat any plug/socket B+ voltage interlocks with which 3. Keep the soldering iron tip clean and well tinned.
receivers covered by this service manual might be equipped. 4. Thoroughly clean the surfaces to be soldered. Use a mall wire-
6. Do not apply AC power to this instrument and/or any of its bristle (0.5 inch, or 1.25 cm) brush with a metal handle.
electrical assemblies unless all solid-state device heat sinks are Do not use freon-propelled spray-on cleaners.
correctly installed. 5. Use the following unsoldering technique
7. Always connect the test receiver ground lead to the receiver a. Allow the soldering iron tip to reach normal temperature.
chassis ground before connecting the test receiver positive (500 °F to 600 °F)
lead. b. Heat the component lead until the solder melts.
Always remove the test receiver ground lead last. c. Quickly draw the melted solder with an anti-static, suction-
8. Use with this receiver only the test fixtures specified in this type solder removal device or with solder braid.
service manual. CAUTION: Work quickly to avoid overheating the circuit
CAUTION: Do not connect the test fixture ground strap to any board printed foil.
heat sink in this receiver. 6. Use the following soldering technique.
a. Allow the soldering iron tip to reach a normal temperature
Electrostatically Sensitive (ES) Devices (500 °F to 600 °F)
Some semiconductor (solid-state) devices can be damaged eas- b. First, hold the soldering iron tip and solder the strand against
ily by static electricity. Such components commonly are called the component lead until the solder melts.
Electrostatically Sensitive (ES) Devices. Examples of typical ES c. Quickly move the soldering iron tip to the junction of the
devices are integrated circuits and some field-effect transistors component lead and the printed circuit foil, and hold it there
and semiconductor “chip” components. The following techniques only until the solder flows onto and around both the compo-
should be used to help reduce the incidence of component dam- nent lead and the foil.
age caused by static by static electricity. CAUTION: Work quickly to avoid overheating the circuit
1. Immediately before handling any semiconductor component or board printed foil.
semiconductor-equipped assembly, drain off any electrostatic d. Closely inspect the solder area and remove any excess or
charge on your body by touching a known earth ground. Alter- splashed solder with a small wire-bristle brush.
natively, obtain and wear a commercially available discharging
wrist strap device, which should be removed to prevent poten-
tial shock reasons prior to applying power to the unit under test.

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -4- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


IC Remove/Replacement 3. Solder the connections.
Some chassis circuit boards have slotted holes (oblong) through CAUTION: Maintain original spacing between the replaced
which the IC leads are inserted and then bent flat against the cir- component and adjacent components and the circuit board to
cuit foil. When holes are the slotted type, the following technique prevent excessive component temperatures.
should be used to remove and replace the IC. When working with
boards using the familiar round hole, use the standard technique Circuit Board Foil Repair
as outlined in paragraphs 5 and 6 above. Excessive heat applied to the copper foil of any printed circuit
board will weaken the adhesive that bonds the foil to the circuit
Removal board causing the foil to separate from or "lift-off" the board. The
1. Desolder and straighten each IC lead in one operation by following guidelines and procedures should be followed whenever
gently prying up on the lead with the soldering iron tip as the this condition is encountered.
solder melts.
2. Draw away the melted solder with an anti-static suction-type At IC Connections
solder removal device (or with solder braid) before removing To repair a defective copper pattern at IC connections use the
the IC. following procedure to install a jumper wire on the copper pattern
Replacement side of the circuit board. (Use this technique only on IC connec-
1. Carefully insert the replacement IC in the circuit board. tions).
2. Carefully bend each IC lead against the circuit foil pad and
solder it. 1. Carefully remove the damaged copper pattern with a sharp
3. Clean the soldered areas with a small wire-bristle brush. knife. (Remove only as much copper as absolutely necessary).
(It is not necessary to reapply acrylic coating to the areas). 2. carefully scratch away the solder resist and acrylic coating (if
used) from the end of the remaining copper pattern.
"Small-Signal" Discrete Transistor 3. Bend a small "U" in one end of a small gauge jumper wire and
Removal/Replacement carefully crimp it around the IC pin. Solder the IC connection.
1. Remove the defective transistor by clipping its leads as close 4. Route the jumper wire along the path of the out-away copper
as possible to the component body. pattern and let it overlap the previously scraped end of the
2. Bend into a "U" shape the end of each of three leads remaining good copper pattern. Solder the overlapped area and clip off
on the circuit board. any excess jumper wire.
3. Bend into a "U" shape the replacement transistor leads.
4. Connect the replacement transistor leads to the corresponding At Other Connections
leads extending from the circuit board and crimp the "U" with Use the following technique to repair the defective copper pattern
long nose pliers to insure metal to metal contact then solder at connections other than IC Pins. This technique involves the
each connection. installation of a jumper wire on the component side of the circuit
board.
Power Output, Transistor Device
Removal/Replacement 1. Remove the defective copper pattern with a sharp knife.
1. Heat and remove all solder from around the transistor leads. Remove at least 1/4 inch of copper, to ensure that a hazardous
2. Remove the heat sink mounting screw (if so equipped). condition will not exist if the jumper wire opens.
3. Carefully remove the transistor from the heat sink of the circuit 2. Trace along the copper pattern from both sides of the pattern
board. break and locate the nearest component that is directly con-
4. Insert new transistor in the circuit board. nected to the affected copper pattern.
5. Solder each transistor lead, and clip off excess lead. 3. Connect insulated 20-gauge jumper wire from the lead of the
6. Replace heat sink. nearest component on one side of the pattern break to the lead
of the nearest component on the other side.
Diode Removal/Replacement Carefully crimp and solder the connections.
1. Remove defective diode by clipping its leads as close as pos- CAUTION: Be sure the insulated jumper wire is dressed so the
sible to diode body. it does not touch components or sharp edges.
2. Bend the two remaining leads perpendicular y to the circuit
board.
3. Observing diode polarity, wrap each lead of the new diode
around the corresponding lead on the circuit board.
4. Securely crimp each connection and solder it.
5. Inspect (on the circuit board copper side) the solder joints of
the two "original" leads. If they are not shiny, reheat them and if
necessary, apply additional solder.

Fuse and Conventional Resistor


Removal/Replacement
1. Clip each fuse or resistor lead at top of the circuit board hollow
stake.
2. Securely crimp the leads of replacement component around
notch at stake top.

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -5- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SPECIFICATION
NOTE : Specifications and others are subject to change without notice for improvement.

1. Application range 3. Test method


This specification is applied to the LCD TV used LD22E 1) Performance: LGE TV test method followed
chassis. 2) Demanded other specification
- Safety : CE, IEC specification
- EMC : CE, IEC
2. Requirement for Test - Wireless : Wireless HD Specification (Option)
Each part is tested as below without special appointment.

1) Temperature: 25 °C ± 5 °C(77 °F ± 9 °F), CST: 40 °C ± 5 °C


2) Relative Humidity: 65 % ± 10 %
3) Power Voltage
: Standard input voltage (AC 100-240 V~, 50/60 Hz)
* Standard Voltage of each products is marked by models.
4) Specification and performance of each parts are followed
each drawing and specification by part number in
accordance with BOM.
5) The receiver must be operated for about 20 minutes prior to
the adjustment.

4. Model General Specification


No. Item Specification Remarks
DTV & Analog (Total 37 countries)
DTV (MPEG2/4, DVB-T) : 30 countries
Germany, Netherland, Switzerland, Hungary, Austria,
Slovenia, Bulgaria, France, Spain, Italy, Belgium, Russia,
Luxemburg, Greece, Czech, Croatia, Turkey, Moroco, Ire-
land, Latvia, Estonia, Lithuania, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Albania, Bosnia, Serbia, Slovakia, Beralus

DTV (MPEG2/4, DVB-T2) : 7 countries


UK, Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Norway, Ukraine, Kaza-
khstan, Ireland

DTV (MPEG2/4, DVB-C) : 37 countries


Germany, Netherland, Switzerland, Hungary, Austria,
Slovenia, Bulgaria, France, Spain, Italy, Belgium, Russia,
Luxemburg, Greece, Czech, Croatia, Turkey, Moroco, Ire-
land, Latvia, Estonia, Lithuania, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
1 Market EU(PAL Market-36Countries) Albania, Bosnia, Serbia, Slovakia, Beralus, UK, Sweden,
Denmark, Finland, Norway, Ukraine, Kazakhstan

DTV (MPEG2/4,DVB-S) : 30 countries


Germany, Netherland, Switzerland, Hungary, Austria,
Slovenia, Bulgaria, France, Spain, Italy, Belgium, Russia,
Luxemburg, Greece, Czech, Croatia, Turkey, Moroco, Ire-
land, Latvia, Estonia, Lithuania, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Albania, Bosnia, Serbia, Slovakia, Beralus

Supported satellite : 22 satellites


HISPASAT 1C/1D, ATLANTIC BIRD 2, NILESAT 101/102,
ATLANTIC BIRD 3, AMOS 2/3, THOR 5/6, IRIUS 4, EU-
TELSAT-W3A, EUROBIRD 9°, EUTELSAT-W2A, HOTBIRD
6/8/9, EUTELSAT-SESAT, ASTRA 1L/H/M/KR, ASTRA
3°/3B, BADR 4/6, ASTRA 2D, EUROBIRD 3, EUTELSAT-
W7, HELLASSAT 2, EXPRESS AM1, TURKSAT 2°/3°,
INTERSAT10

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -6- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


No. Item Specification Remarks
1) PAL-BG DVB-S: Satellite
2) PAL-DK
3) PAL-I/I’
4) SECAM L/L’, DK, BG, I
2 Broadcasting system
5) DVB-T
6) DVB-C
7) DVB-T2
8) DVB-S
► DVB-T
- Guard Interval(Bitrate_Mbit/s)
1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32
- Modulation : Code Rate
QPSK : 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8
16-QAM : 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8
64-QAM : 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8

► DVB-T2
- Guard Interval(Bitrate_Mbit/s)
1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/128, 19/128, 19/256,
- Modulation : Code Rate
QPSK : 1/2, 2/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6
16-QAM : 1/2, 2/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6
Analog : Upper Heterodyne
64-QAM : 1/2, 2/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6
3 Receiving system Digital : COFDM, QAM
256-QAM : 1/2, 2/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6

► DVB-C
- Symbolrate :
4.0Msymbols/s to 7.2Msymbols/s
- Modulation :
16QAM, 64-QAM, 128-QAM and 256-QAM

► DVB-S/S2
- symbolrate
DVB-S2 (8PSK / QPSK) : 2 ~ 45Msymbol/s
DVB-S (QPSK) : 2 ~ 45Msymbol/s
- viterbi
DVB-S mode : 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8
DVB-S2 mode : 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 3/5, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10
Scart jack is Full scart and support MNT/DTV-OUT
4 Scart Gender Jack (1EA) PAL, SECAM
(not support DTV Auto AV)
4 System : PAL, SECAM, NTSC, PAL60
5 Video Input RCA(1EA) PAL, SECAM, NTSC
AV gender jack 1EA
Antenna, AV1, AV2, Component,
6 Head phone out RGB, HDMI1, HDMI2, HDMI3,
HDMI4, USB1, USB2, USB3
Y/Cb/Cr Component Gender 1EA
7 Component Input (1EA)
Y/Pb/Pr
8 RGB Input RGB-PC Analog(D-SUB 15PIN)
HDMI1-DTV HDMI4 : PC support(HDMI version 1.3)
HDMI2-DTV Support HDCP
9 HDMI Input (4EA)
HDMI3-DTV
HDMI4-DTV
RGB/DVI Audio L/R Input
10 Audio Input (3EA) Component
AV
11 SPDIF out (1EA) SPDIF out
12 USB (3EA) EMF, DivX HD, For SVC (download) JPEG, MP3, DivX HD
13 Ethernet Connect(1EA) Ethernet Connect

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -7- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5. Component Video Input (Y, Cb/Pb, Cr/Pr)
No. Resolution H-freq(kHz) V-freq(Hz) Porposed
1 720×480 15.73 60.00 SDTV, DVD 480i
2 720×480 15.63 59.94 SDTV, DVD 480i
3 720×480 31.47 59.94 480p
4 720×480 31.50 60.00 480p
5 720×576 15.625 50.00 SDTV, DVD 625 Line
6 720×576 31.25 50.00 HDTV 576p
7 1280×720 45.00 50.00 HDTV 720p
8 1280×720 44.96 59.94 HDTV 720p
9 1280×720 45.00 60.00 HDTV 720p
10 1920×1080 31.25 50.00 HDTV 1080i
11 1920×1080 33.75 60.00 HDTV 1080i
12 1920×1080 33.72 59.94 HDTV 1080i
13 1920×1080 56.250 50 HDTV 1080p
14 1920×1080 67.5 60 HDTV 1080p

6. RGB input (PC)


No. Resolution H-freq(kHz) V-freq.(Hz) Proposed
1 640 x 350 @70Hz 31.468 70.09 EGA
2 720 x 400 @70Hz 31.469 70.08 DOS
3 640 x 480 @60Hz 31.469 59.94 VESA(VGA)
4 800 x 600 @60Hz 37.879 60.31 VESA(SVGA)
5 1024 x 768 @60Hz 48.363 60.00 VESA(XGA)
6 1152 x 864 @60Hz 54.348 60.053 VESA
7 1360 x 768 @60Hz 47.712 60.015 VESA(WXGA)
8 1920 x 1080 @60Hz 67.5 60.00 WUXGA(Reduced Blanking))

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -8- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


7. HDMI Input
7.1. DTV mode
No. Resolution H-freq(kHz) V-freq.(kHz) Proposed
1. 640*480 31.469 / 31.5 59.94/60 SDTV 480P
2. 720*480 31.469 / 31.5 59.94 / 60 SDTV 480P
3. 720*576 31.25 50 SDTV 576P
4. 720*576 15.625 50 SDTV 576I
5. 1280*720 37.500 50 HDTV 720P
6. 1280*720 44.96 / 45 59.94 / 60 HDTV 720P
7. 1920*1080 33.72 / 33.75 59.94 / 60 HDTV 1080I
8. 1920*1080 28.125 50.00 HDTV 1080I
9. 1920*1080 26.97 / 27 23.97 / 24 HDTV 1080P
10. 1920*1080 25 HDTV 1080P
11. 1920*1080 33.716 / 33.75 29.976 / 30.00 HDTV 1080P
12. 1920*1080 56.250 50 HDTV 1080P
13. 1920*1080 67.43 / 67.5 59.94 / 60 HDTV 1080P

7.2. PC mode
No. Resolution H-freq(kHz) V-freq.(Hz) Proposed
1 640 x 350 @70Hz 31.468 70.09 EGA
2 720 x 400 @70Hz 31.469 70.08 DOS
3 640 x 480 @60Hz 31.469 59.94 VESA(VGA)
4 800 x 600 @60Hz 37.879 60.31 VESA(SVGA)
5 1024 x 768 @60Hz 48.363 60.00 VESA(XGA)
6 1152 x 864 @60Hz 54.348 60.053 VESA
7 1280 x 1024 @60Hz 63.981 60.020 VESA(SXGA)
8 1360 x 768 @60Hz 47.712 60.015 VESA(WXGA)
9 1920 x 1080 @60Hz 67.5 60.00 WUXGA(Reduced Blanking))

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. -9- LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTION
1. Application Range 3.1.3. Adjustment
This specification sheet is applied to all of the LED LCD TV (1) Adjustment method
with LD22E chassis. ▪ Don’t need to adjust ADC because there is data in OTP
and adjusted initially.
▪ Check ADC adjustment
1) Press In start key on the Adj. Remote Control, then
2. Designation Adjust ADC(OTP) status is displayed on “1.Adjustment
(1) Because this is not a hot chassis, it is not necessary to check”. Select “2.ADC Data”, then ADC data is
use an isolation transformer. However, the use of isolation displayed.
transformer will help protect test instrument. 2) Press Adj. key on the Adjustmetn Remote Control, and
(2) Adjustment must be done in the correct order. select “9.ADC Calibration”. Set up the ADC Type to
(3) The adjustment must be performed in the circumstance of OTP, then Select [Start] button by pressing Enter key,
25 °C ± 5 °C of temperature and 65 % ± 10 % of relative Component and RGB are Writed and display Success
humidity if there is no specific designation. or NG.
(4) The input voltage of the receiver must keep AC 100-240
V~, 50/60 Hz. (2) Adj. protocol
(5) The receiver must be operated for about 5 minutes prior to Protocol Command Set ACK
the adjustment when module is in the circumstance of over Enter adj. mode aa 00 00 a 00 OK00x
15.
xb 00 04 b 00 OK04x (Adjust 480i, 1080p Comp1 )
Source change
In case of keeping module is in the circumstance of 0 °C, it xb 00 06 b 00 OK06x (Adjust 1920*1080 RGB)
should be placed in the circumstance of above 15 °C for 2 Begin adj. ad 00 10
hours. OKx (Case of Success)
Return adj. result
NGx (Case of Fail)
In case of keeping module is in the circumstance of below (main) (main)
-20 °C, it should be placed in the circumstance of above 15 ad 00 20 000000000000000000000000007c007b006dx
°C for 3 hours. Read adj. data
(sub ) (Sub)
ad 00 21 000000070000000000000000007c00830077x
[Caution]
When still image is displayed for a period of 20 minutes or NG 03 00x (Fail)
longer (Especially where W/B scale is strong. Digital pattern NG 03 01x (Fail)
Confirm adj. ad 00 99
NG 03 02x (Fail)
13ch and/or Cross hatch pattern 09ch), there can some OK 03 03x (Success)
afterimage in the black level area.
End adj. aa 00 90 a 00 OK90x

Ref.) ADC Adj. RS232C Protocol_Ver1.0


3. Automatic Adjustment (3) Adj. order
3.1. ADC Adjustment - aa 00 00 [Enter ADC adj. mode]
3.1.1. Overview - xb 00 04 [Change input source to Component1 (480i&
ADC adjustment is needed to find the optimum black level 1080p)]
and gain in Analog-to-Digital device and to compensate RGB - ad 00 10 [Adjust 480i&1080p Comp1]
deviation. - xb 00 06 [Change input source to RGB(1024*768)]
- ad 00 10 [Adjust 1920*1080 RGB]
3.1.2. Equipment & Condition - ad 00 90 End adj.
(1) USB to RS-232C Jig
(2) M SPG-925 Series Pattern Generator(MSPG-925FA,
pattern - 65)
- Resolution : 1080P Comp1
1920*1080 RGB
- Pattern : Horizontal 100% Color Bar Pattern
- Pattern level : 0.7 ± 0.1 Vp-p
- Image

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 10 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


3.2. M
 AC address D/L, CI+ key D/L, Widevine 3.3.3. WIDEVINE key Inspection
- Confirm key input data at the "IN START" MENU Mode.
key D/L, ESN D/L
Connect: USB port
Communication Prot connection
▪ Com 1,2,3,4 and 115200(Baudrate)
Mode check: Online Only
▪ check the test process: DETECT -> MAC -> CI -> Widevine
-> ESN G

▪. Play: START
▪. Result: Ready, Test, OK or NG
▪. Printer Out (MAC Address Label)

3.4. LAN PORT INSPECTION(PING TEST)


Connect SET → LAN port == PC → LAN Port

SET PC
3.4.1. Equipment setting
(1) Play the LAN Port Test PROGRAM.
Play: Start
(2) Input IP set up for an inspection to Test Program.
*IP Number : 12.12.2.2

3.4.2. LAN PORT inspection(PING TEST)


3.3. LAN (1) Play the LAN Port Test Program.
3.3.1. Equipment & Condition (2) Connect each other LAN Port Jack.
(3) Play Test (F9) button and confirm OK Message.
▪ Each other connection to LAN Port of IP Hub and Jig
(4) Remove LAN cable.

3.3.2. LAN inspection solution


▪ LAN Port connection with PCB
▪ Network setting at MENU Mode of TV
▪ Setting automatic IP
▪ Setting state confirmation
→ If automatic setting is finished, you confirm IP and MAC
Address.

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 11 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


3.5. Model name & Serial number Download 2) Check the key download for transmitted command
(RS232: ci 00 10)
3.5.1. Model name & Serial number D/L
▪ Press "Power on" key of service remote control. CMD 1 CMD 2 Data 0
(Baud rate : 115200 bps) C I 1 0
▪ Connect RS232 Signal Cable to RS-232 Jack.
▪ Write Serial number by use RS-232.
3) Result value
▪ Must check the serial number at Instart menu.
- Normally status for download : OKx
- Abnormally status for download : NGx
3.5.2. Method & notice
(1) Serial number D/L is using of scan equipment.
(2) S etting of scan equipment operated by Manufacturing
3.6.2. Check the method of CI+ key value(RS232)
1) Into the main ass’y mode(RS232: aa 00 00)
Technology Group.
(3) Serial number D/L must be conformed when it is produced CMD 1 CMD 2 Data 0
in production line, because serial number D/L is mandatory A A 0 0
by D-book 4.0
2) Check the mothed of CI+ key by command
* Manual Download (Model Name and Serial Number)
(RS232: ci 00 20)
If the TV set is downloaded by OTA or service man, sometimes
model name or serial number is initialized.(Not always) CMD 1 CMD 2 Data 0
It is impossible to download by bar code scan, so It need C I 2 0
Manual download.
1) Press the "Instart" key of Adjustment remote control.
3) Result value
2) Go to the menu "5.Model Number D/L" like below photo.
i 01 OK 1d1852d21c1ed5dcx
3) Input the Factory model name(ex 47LM760S-ZB-A) or
Serial number like photo. CI+ Key Value

3.7. WIFI MAC ADDRESS CHECK


(1) Using RS232
H-freq(kHz) V-freq.(Hz)
Transmission [A][I][][Set ID][][20][Cr] [O][K][X] or [NG]

(2) Check the menu on in-start.

4) Check the model name Instart menu. → Factory name


displayed. (ex 47LM760S-ZB)
5) C heck the Diagnostics.(DTV country only) → Buyer
model displayed. (ex 47LM760S-ZB)

3.6. CI+ Key checking method


- Check the Section 3.2
Check whether the key was downloaded or not at ‘In Start’
menu. (Refer to below).

=> Check the Download to CI+ Key value in LGset.

3.6.1. Check the method of CI+ Key value


(1) Check the method on Instart menu
(2) Check the method of RS232C Command
1) Into the main ass’y mode(RS232: aa 00 00)
CMD 1 CMD 2 Data 0
A A 0 0

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 12 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4. Manual Adjustment ▪ Reference
- HDMI1 ~ HDMI4 / RGB
* ADC adjustment is not needed because of OTP(Auto ADC
adjustment) - In the data of EDID, bellows may be different by S/W or
Input mode.
ⓐ. Product ID
4.1 EDID(The Extended Display Identification HEX EDID Table DDC Function
Data)/DDC(Display Data Channel) download 0001 01 00 Analog/Digital
4.1.1. Overview
It is a VESA regulation. A PC or a MNT will display an optimal ⓑ. Serial No: Controlled on production line.
resolution through information sharing without any necessity ⓒ. Month, Year: Controlled on production line:
of user input. It is a realization of "Plug and Play". ex) Week : '01' -> '01'
Year : '2012' -> '16' fix
ⓓ. Model Name(Hex): LGTV
4.1.2. Equipment
Chassis MODEL NAME(HEX)
- Since embedded EDID data is used, EDID download JIG,
HDMI cable and D-sub cable are not need. LD22E 00 00 00 FC 00 4C 47 20 54 56 0A 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
- Adjustment remote control
ⓔ. Checksum: Changeable by total EDID data.
ⓔ2 ⓔ2 ⓔ2 ⓔ2
4.1.3. Download method ⓔ1 10 bit/ 8 bit/ 10 bit/ 8 bit/ ⓔ3
(1) Press "ADJ" key on the Adjustment remote control then Xvycc Xvycc none XvYcc none XvYcc
select "10.EDID D/L", By pressing "Enter" key, enter EDID HDMI1 43 11 49 15 4D X
D/L menu. HDMI2 43 01 39 05 3D X
(2) S elect "Start" button by pressing "Enter" key, HDMI1/ HDMI3 43 F1 29 F5 2D X
HDMI2/ HDMI3/ HDMI4/ RGB are writing and display OK HDMI4 43 E1 19 E5 1D X
or NG. RGB X X X X X 5C
For Analog For HDMI EDID
ⓕ. Vendor Specific(HDMI)
D-sub to D-sub DVI-D to HDMI or HDMI to HDMI
1) Deep color (module 10bit)
INPUT MODEL NAME(HEX)
HDMI1 78 03 0C 00 10 00 B8 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10
HDMI2 78 03 0C 00 20 00 B8 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10
HDMI3 78 03 0C 00 30 00 B8 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10
HDMI4 78 03 0C 00 40 00 B8 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10

2) None deep color (module 8bit)


4.1.4. EDID DATA INPUT MODEL NAME(HEX)
(1) 3D EDID DATA HDMI1 78 03 0C 00 10 00 80 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10
HDMI2 78 03 0C 00 20 00 80 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10
HDMI3 78 03 0C 00 30 00 80 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10
HDMI4 78 03 0C 00 40 00 80 2D 20 C0 0E 01 4F 3F FC 08 10 18 10 06 10 16 10 28 10

ⓖ Colorimetry Data Block(HDMI)


- The Model supporting XvYcc(LM7600)
INPUT MODEL NAME(HEX)
HDMI1 E3 05 03 01
HDMI2 E3 05 03 01
HDMI3 E3 05 03 01
HDMI4 E3 05 03 01

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 13 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4.2. White Balance Adjustment Ex) wb 00 00 -> Begin white balance auto-adj.
wb 00 10 -> Gain adj.
4.2.1. Overview
ja 00 ff -> Adj. data
▪ W/B adj. Objective & How-it-works
jb 00 c0
(1) Objective: To reduce each Panel's W/B deviation
...
(2) How-it-works : When R/G/B gain in the OSD is at 192, it
...
means the panel is at its Full Dynamic Range. In order to
wb 00 1f → Gain adj. completed
prevent saturation of Full Dynamic range and data, one
*(wb 00 20(Start), wb 00 2f(end)) → Off-set adj.
of R/G/B is fixed at 192, and the other two is lowered to
wb 00 ff → End white balance auto-adj.
find the desired value.
(3) Adjustment condition : normal temperature
▪ Adj. Map
1) Surrounding Temperature : 25 °C ± 5 °C
2) Warm-up time: About 5 Min Command Data Range Default
Adj. item
(lower caseASCII) (Hex.) (Decimal)
3) Surrounding Humidity : 20 % ~ 80 %
CMD1 CMD2 MIN MAX
R Gain j g 00 C0
4.2.2. Equipment
G Gain j h 00 C0
(1) Color Analyzer: CA-210 (LED Module : CH 14)
B Gain j i 00 C0
(2) Adjustment Computer(During auto adj., RS-232C protocol Cool
is needed) R Cut
(3) Adjustment Remote control G Cut
(4) Video Signal Generator MSPG-925F 720p/204-Gray B Cut
(Model: 217, Pattern: 49) R Gain j a 00 C0
-> Only when internal pattern is not available G Gain j b 00 C0
▪ Color Analyzer Matrix should be calibrated using CS-100. B Gain j c 00 C0
Medium
R Cut
4.2.3. Equipment connection MAP G Cut
B Cut
Co lo r Analyzer R Gain j d 00 C0
Probe RS -232C G Gain j e 00 C0
Co m p ut er Warm B Gain j f 00 C0
RS -232C
RS -232C R Cut
Pat t ern Generat o r G Cut
Signal Source

* If TV internal pattern is used, not needed

4.2.5. Adj. method


(1) Auto adj. method
4.2.4. Adj. Command (Protocol) 1) Set TV in adj. mode using P-Only key.
<Command Format> 2) Zero calibrate probe then place it on the center of the
START 6E A 50 A LEN A 03 A CMD A 00 A VAL A CS STOP Display.
3) Connect Cable.(RS-232C to USB)
- LEN: Number of Data Byte to be sent 4) Select mode in adj. Program and begin adj.
- CMD: Command 5) When adj. is complete (OK Sign), check adj. status pre
- VAL: FOS Data value mode. (Warm, Medium, Cool)
- CS: Checksum of sent data 6) Remove probe and RS-232C cable to complete adj.
- A: Acknowledge ▪ W/B Adj. must begin as start command “wb 00 00” , and
Ex) [Send: JA_00_DD] / [Ack: A_00_okDDX] finish as end command “wb 00 ff”, and Adj. offset if need.

▪ RS-232C Command used during auto-adjustment. (2) Manual adjustment. method


RS-232C COMMAND
Explantion 1) Set TV in Adj. mode using P-Only key.
[CMD ID DATA] 2) Zero Calibrate the probe of Color Analyzer, then place it
wb 00 00 Begin White Balance adjustment on the center of LCD module within 10 cm of the surface.
wb 00 10 Gain adjustment(internal white pattern) 3) Press ADJ key → EZ adjust using adj. R/C → 7. White-
wb 00 1f Gain adjustment completed Balance then press the cursor to the right(key ►).
wb 00 20 Offset adjustment(internal white pattern) (When right key(►) is pressed 216 Gray internal pattern
wb 00 2f Offset adjustment completed will be displayed)
End White Balance adjustment 4) One of R Gain / G Gain / B Gain should be fixed at 192,
wb 00 ff
(internal pattern disappears ) and the rest will be lowered to meet the desired value.
5) Adjustment is performed in COOL, MEDIUM, WARM 3
modes of color temperature.
▪ If internal pattern is not available, use RF input. In EZ
Adj. menu 7.White Balance, you can select one of 2
Test-pattern: ON, OFF. Default is inner(ON). By selecting
OFF, you can adjust using RF signal in 216 Gray pattern.

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 14 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


▪ Adjustment condition and cautionary items 4.3. EYE-Q function check
1) Lighting condition in surrounding area (1) Turn on TV.
Surrounding lighting should be lower 10 lux. Try to (2) Press EYE key of Adjustment remote control.
isolate adj. area into dark surrounding. (3) Cover the Eye Q II sensor on the front of the using your
2) Probe location hand and wait for 6 seconds.
: Color Analyzer(CA-210) probe should be within 10 cm (4) Confirm that R/G/B value is lower than 10 of the "Raw
and perpendicular of the module surface.(80° ~ 100°) Data (Sensor data, Back light)". If after 6 seconds, R/G/B
3) Aging time value is not lower than 10, replace Eye Q II sensor.
- After Aging Start, Keep the Power ON status during 5 (5) Remove your hand from the Eye Q II sensor and wait for 6
Minutes. seconds.
- In case of LCD, Back-light on should be checked (6) Confirm that "ok" pop up. If change is not seen, replace
using no signal or Full-white pattern. Eye Q II sensor.

4.2.6. Reference(White balance adjusmtment coordinate


and color temperature)
▪ Luminance : 204 Gray
▪ Standard color coordinate and temperature using CS-1000
(over 26 inch)
Coordinate
Mode Temp ∆uv
x y
Cool 0.269 0.273 13000 K 0.0000
Medium 0.285 0.293 9300 K 0.0000
Warm 0.313 0.329 6500 K 0.0000
4.4. Local Dimming Function Check
Step 1) Turn on TV.
▪ Standard color coordinate and temperature using CA-210(CH 14) Step 2) Press “TILT” key on the Adj. R/C.
Coordinate Step 3) At the Local Dimming mode, module Edge Backlight
Mode Temp ∆uv
x y moving right to left Back light of IOP module moving.
Step 4) Confirm the Local Dimming mode.
Cool 0.269 ± 0.002 0.273 ± 0.002 13000 K 0.0000
Step 5) Press "exit" key.
Medium 0.285 ± 0.002 0.293 ± 0.002 9300 K 0.0000
Warm 0.313 ± 0.002 0.329 ± 0.002 6500 K 0.0000

4.2.7. LED White balance table


- EDGE LED module change color coordinate because of
aging time.
- Apply under the color coordinate table, for compensated
aging time.
- ALEF(LM76 series)
4.5. Magic Motion Remote control test
(1) Equipment : RF Remote control for test, IR-KEY-Code
Aging Cool Medium Warm Remote control for test
GP4 time X y x y x y (2) You must confirm the battery power of RF-Remote control
(Min) 269 273 285 293 313 329 before test(recommend that change the battery per every lot)
1 0-2 283 293 299 313 320 339 (3) Sequence (test)
2 3-5 282 291 298 311 319 337 1) if you select the "Start(Wheel)" key on the Adjustment
3 6-9 281 290 297 310 318 336 remote control, you can pairing with the TV SET.
2) You can check the cursor on the TV Screen, when select
4 10-19 279 289 295 309 316 335
the "Wheel" key on the Adjustment remote control.
5 20-35 277 284 293 304 314 330
3) You must remove the pairing with the TV Set by select
6 36-49 274 279 290 299 311 325 "Mute" key on the Adjustment remote control
7 50-79 271 277 287 297 308 323
8 80-119 270 274 286 294 307 320
9 Over 120 269 273 285 293 306 319

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 15 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4.6. 3D function test Step 4) If the system finds any AP like blow PIC, it is working
(Pattern Generator MSHG-600, MSPG-6100[Support HDMI1.4]) well.
* HDMI mode NO. 872 , pattern No.83
(1) Please input 3D test pattern like below.

(2) When 3D OSD appear automatically, then select OK key.

4.8. LNB voltage and 22KHz tone check


(only for DVB-S/S2 model)
▪ Test method
(1) Set TV in Adj. mode using POWER ON.
(2) Connect cable between satellite ANT and test JIG.
(3) Don't wear a 3D Glasses, check the picture like below. (3) Press Yellow key(ETC+SWAP) in Adj Remote control to
make LNB on.
(4) Check LED light ‘ON’ at 18 V menu.
(5) Check LED light ‘ON’ at 22 KHz tone menu.
(6) Press Blue key(ETC+PIP INPUT) in Adj Remote control
to make LNB off.
(7) Check LED light ‘OFF’ at 18 V menu.
(8) Check LED light ‘OFF’ at 22 KHz tone menu.
4.7. Wi-Fi Test
Step 1) Turn on TV ▪ Test result
Step 2) Select Network Connection option in Network Menu. (1) After press LNB On key, ‘18 V LED’ and ‘22 KHz tone
LED’ should be ON.
(2) After press LNB OFF key, ‘18 V LED’ and ‘22 KHz tone
LED’ should be OFF.

4.9. Option selection per country


4.9.1. Overview
- Option selection is only done for models in Non-EU

4.9.2. Method
(1) Press ADJ key on the Adj. R/C, then select Country Group
Meun
(2) Depending on destination, select Country Group Code 04
Step 3) Select Start Connection button in Network Connection.
or Country Group EU then on the lower Country option,
select US, CA, MX. Selection is done using +, - or ►◄
key.

4.10. Tool Option selection


▪ Method : Press "ADJ" key on the Adjustment remote control,
then select Tool option.

4.11. Ship-out mode check(In-stop)


▪ After final inspection, press "IN-STOP" key of the Adjustment
remote control and check that the unit goes to Stand-by mode.

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 16 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4.12. GND and Internal Pressure check 6. USB S/W Download(Service only)
4.12.1. Method (1) Put the USB Stick to the USB socket.
(1) GND & Internal Pressure auto-check preparation (2) Automatically detecting update file in USB Stick.
- Check that Power cord is fully inserted to the SET. - If your downloaded program version in USB Stick is Low,
(If loose, re-insert) it didn't work. But your downloaded version is High, USB
(2) Perform GND & Internal Pressure auto-check data is automatically detecting.
- Unit fully inserted Power cord, Antenna cable and A/V (Download Version High & Power only mode, Set is
arrive to the auto-check process. automatically Download)
- Connect D-terminal to AV JACK TESTER (3) Show the message "Copying files from memory".
- Auto CONTROLLER(GWS103-4) ON
- Perform GND TEST
- If NG, Buzzer will sound to inform the operator.
- If OK, changeover to I/P check automatically.
(Remove CORD, A/V form AV JACK BOX.)
- Perform I/P test
- If NG, Buzzer will sound to inform the operator.
- If OK, Good lamp will lit up and the stopper will allow the
pallet to move on to next process.

4.12.2. Checkpoint
▪ TEST voltage
- GND: 1.5 KV / min at 100 mA (4) Updating is starting.
- SIGNAL: 3 KV / min at 100 mA
▪ TEST time: 1 second
▪ TEST POINT
- G ND TEST = POWER CORD GND & SIGNAL CABLE
METAL GND
- Internal Pressure TEST = POWER CORD GND & LIVE &
NEUTRAL
▪ LEAKAGE CURRENT: At 0.5 mArms (5) Updating Completed, The TV will restart automatically.
(6) If your TV is turned on, check your updated version and
Tool option. (explain the Tool option, next stage)
* If downloading version is more high than your TV have, TV
5. Audio can lost all channel data. In this case, you have to channel
No. Item Min Typ Max Unit Remark recover. if all channel data is cleared, you didn’t have a DTV/
Audio practical 9 10 12 W EQ Off ATV test on production line.
max Output, L/R AVL Off
1.
(Distortion=10% 8.10 10.8 Vrms Clear Voice Off * After downloading, have to adjust Tool Option again.
max Output)
(1) Push "IN-START" key in service remote control.
EQ Off (2) Select "Tool Option 1" and push "OK" key.
Speaker (8Ω
2. 9 10 12 W AVL Off
Impedance)
Clear Voice Off (3) Punch in the number. (Each model has their number)

Measurement condition:
(1) RF input: Mono, 1 KHz sine wave signal, 100 % Modulation
(2) CVBS, Component: 1 KHz sine wave signal 0.5 Vrms
(3) RGB PC: 1 KHz sine wave signal 0.7 Vrms

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 17 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SCREW ASSEMBLY WORKING GUIDE
■ Screw specification and application situation
A A A A
‫ ח‬ͷͲͳͤͤͤͪͥͣ͢͡
A A
͙;ͤ͛ͽͥͦ͑͟͝ͳͼ͑͝;ΒΔΙΚΟΖ͚
B B
‫ͧ͢ ח‬ͶͲ

A
‫ ח‬ͷͲͳͤͨͩͩͣ͑͢͡͡ A
A
͙;ͧ͛ͽ͑͢͡͝ͳͼ͑͝;ΒΔΙΚΟΖ͚
ͥͶͲ
A

A B A B A
A

A A
D D D D
C C C C

• FAB30013202
(M3*L8, White, Taptite)
• 4EA
E
E
‫ ח‬ͷͲͳͤͧͣͥ͢͢͡͡
͙;ͥ͛ͽͥ͑͢͝ͳͼ͑͝;ΒΔΙΚΟΖ͚ ‫ ח‬ͷͲͳͤͧͣͣ͑͢͢͡͡
͙;ͥ͛ͽͣ͑͡͝ͳͼ͑͝;ΒΔΙΚΟΖ͚ E
‫ͥ ח‬ͶͲ E
‫ͥ ח‬ͶͲ

<Warning>
Check Screw Type When Screw is assembled at 'A' Part. If 'C' Screw is used at the 'A'
part, Module will get damaged.

Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 18 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Only for training and service purposes


Copyright ©

SYSTEM SYSTEM
X_TAL DDR3 X DDR3 X
1600 X
LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.

27MHz 1600 X
Air/ ANALOG
jpGš“–› 16 16 SYSTEM
Cable DEMOD
(2Gb)
TUNER
(2Gb) DDR3 X
(T/C) P_TS 1600 X 16
DIGITAL
P_TS (2Gb)
DEMOD
(T/C)
IF(+/-) DDR
T/C Demod SYSTEM
CVBS CONTROLER A/B
DDR3 X
DVB-S DIGITAL CVBS
TUNER 1600 X 16
(S2)
DEMOD P_TS
(S2) TS_S/P (2Gb)
USB1
USB2
USB SYSTEM EEPROM X 1
USB3 (256Kb)

BLOCK DIAGRAM
sui USB_WIFI

HDMI1 Side (HDCP eMMC X 1


HDMI2 (2GB)
HDMI EEPROM)
HDMI3 MUX 50P
- 19 -

HDMI4
EPI 50P

Audio
MTK I2S Out AMP
( STA)

SPI LOCAL DIMMING

M-Remote
Rear UART Module

PC-RGB RGB,H/V
IR Remote Control
PC-AUDIO L/R In

OPTIC SPDIF OUT Sub Micom


I2C
(RENESASA)
Ethernet
LGE Internal Use Only

LAN UART

RS-232C
EXPLODED VIEW
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE
Many electrical and mechanical parts in this chassis have special safety-related characteristics. These
parts are identified by in the Schematic Diagram and EXPLODED VIEW.
It is essential that these special safety parts should be replaced with the same components as
recommended in this manual to prevent X-RADIATION, Shock, Fire, or other Hazards.
Do not modify the original design without permission of manufacturer.
710
700

570

900
910
400

560

410
310

810

Dual Play
(Option)
AG2
521

120

AG1
540

* Stand Base + Body


LV2

530

* Set + Stand
A10
LV1

800

122

A5
510

500

A22
200

A21
501

A2
300
Copyright © LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. - 20 - LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EAX6430790* : LD22* / LC22*
EAX6443420* : LT22* / LJ22* / LA22* / LB22*
Crystal Matching Test result
: 27pF -> 20pF -> 24pF

IC104-*1
M24256-BRMN6TP
IC104-*2
R1EX24256BSAS0A X-TAL
+3.3V_NORMAL
NVRAM E0

E1
1

2
8

7
VCC

WC
A0

A1
1

2
8

7
VCC

WP
+3.3V_NORMAL +3.3V_NORMAL

MT5369_XTAL_IN
X100
27MHz
IC
R119
MT5369_XTAL_OUT
E2
3 6
SCL A2
3 6
SCL
C113 C115 0
24pF 24pF
R103 R105 IC104 +3.3V_NORMAL VSS
4 5
SDA VSS
4 5
SDA
MTK_JTAG Close to eMMC Flash
4.7K 4.7K
OPT
AT24C256C-SSHL-T
NVRAM_ST NVRAM_RENESAS
JTAG AR100
10K
R146
10K
R152 MTK_JTAG
1K P100
12507WS-12L
(IC8100)
R104 A0 VCC
MTK_JTAG
1 8 Write Protection 1 EMMC_CLK
4.7K
OPT A1 WP - Low : Normal Operation 2
2 7 JTRST# R174 MT5369_NON_RM
- High : Write Protection 10K
A2 SCL
JTDI 3
IC105
3 6 R136 33
I2C_SCL5 JTMS 4 LGE2112
+3.3V_NORMAL
GND SDA JTCLK 5
4 5 R137 33
I2C_SDA5
6

R143 33 AP14 AR18


JTDO 7 JTCLK JTCK U0TX SOC_TX
NVRAM_ATMEL AM14 AP18
MTK_JTAG 8 JTDI JTDI U0RX SOC_RX R165 R167
+3.3V_NORMAL AR14 4.7K 4.7K
JTDO JTDO
9 AR15 AU16
R144 JTMS JTMS U1RX M_REMOTE_RX
10K 10 AN14 AT16
JTRST# JTRST U1TX M_REMOTE_TX

HDCP EEPROM HDCP_EEPROM_MICRO


IC100-*1
24LC16B R145 R149
11

12 OSDA0
OSCL0
AP12
AN12
OSDA0
OSCL0
POWE
POOE
A35
C33
EMMC_CMD

10K 10K 13
B34
MTK_JTAG POCE1 EMMC_DATA[2-7]
A0 1 VCC MTK_JTAG
8 AP15 D33
+3.3V_NORMAL OSDA1 OSDA1 POCE0
HDCP_EEPROM_ST AN15 D29 EMMC_DATA[7]
A1 2 WP
IC100 7 OSCL1 OSCL1 PDD7
C30 EMMC_DATA[6]
M24C16-R
C101 A2 3 SCL PDD6 EMMC_DATA[5]
0.1uF 6 AT34 D30
NC_1 VCC 16V MT5369_XTAL_IN XTALI PDD5 EMMC_DATA[4]
1 8 VSS 4 SDA AU34 B31 +3.3V_NORMAL
5 MT5369_XTAL_OUT XTALO PDD4
A31 EMMC_DATA[3]
NC_2 WC R181 4.7K
2 7 AVDD_33SB PDD3 EMMC_DATA[2]
AK27 B32
NC_3 AVDD33_XTAL_STB PDD2 R157
SCL R191 22
3 6 I2C_SCL1 C116 AH26 A32 4.7K
0.1uF AVSS33_XTAL_STB PDD1
VSS 4 SDA C32 OPT
5 R192 22 PDD0
I2C_SDA1 D32
PARB R178
AVDD_33SB A34 4.7K
+3.3V_NORMAL PACLE EMMC_DATA[1]
AK18 C34 OPT
AVDD33_VGA_STB PAALE EMMC_DATA[0]
C117 AK17 C29
0.1uF AVSS33_VGA_STB EMMC_CLK EMMC_CLK

AM20 +3.3V_NORMAL
R147 R153 STRAPPING LED_PWM0 LED_PWM1 OPCTRL3 OPWRSB
R150 VDD3V3
1K 1K 1K
OPT OPT ICE mode + 27M + Serial boot 0 0 0 AK23 AM22
AVDD33_PLLGP ORESET R155
C118 AM27 10K
LED_PWM0 AVSS33_PLLGP
ICE mode + 27M + ROM to Nand boot 0 0 1 0.1uF AU21 R158 33 OPT
R172
LED_PWM1 OIRI IR
OPT SOC_RESET
OPCTRL3 ICE mode + 27M + Rom to eMMC boot 0 1 0
R151 from eMMC pins (share pins w/s NAND) AJ20 D27 R159 4.7K 22 C114
R148 R154 AVDD10_LDO FSRC_WR
1K 1K 1K 0.1uF
OPT C107 C108 16V
ICE mode + 27M + ROM to eMMC boot 0 1 1
2.2uF 2.2uF AT21
from SDIO pins STB_SCL STB_SCL
10V 10V AR21
CI_ADDR[0-14] STB_SDA STB_SDA

CI_ADDR[0] H32 T34 FE_TS_DATA[0-7]


GPIO0 DEMOD_RST PCM_RST
CI_ADDR[1] F37 T32
GPIO1 DEMOD_TSCLK FE_TS_CLK
CI_ADDR[2] F36 T36 FE_TS_DATA[0]
GPIO2 DEMOD_TSDATA0 FE_TS_DATA[1]
CI_ADDR[3] G37 U36
GPIO3 DEMOD_TSDATA1 FE_TS_DATA[2]
CI_ADDR[4] G36 T33
GPIO4 DEMOD_TSDATA2 FE_TS_DATA[3]
CI_ADDR[5] G35 T30
MT5369_RM
IC105-*1
GPIO5 DEMOD_TSDATA3 FE_TS_DATA[4] EXTERNAL DEMOD
LGE2112-AL
CI_ADDR[6] G34 V33
I2C_1 : AMP, L/DIMMING,HDCP KEY GPIO6 DEMOD_TSDATA4 -> SOC
CI_ADDR[7] H34 V32 FE_TS_DATA[5]
I2C_2 : T-CON AC1
AC2
DDRV_44 ARDQM0
C19
C21 CI_ADDR[8] L34
GPIO7 DEMOD_TSDATA5
V31 FE_TS_DATA[6]
DDRV_45 ARDQS0

I2C_3 : MICOM A3 B21


GPIO8 DEMOD_TSDATA6
I2C I2C_4 : S/Demod,T2/Demod, LNB
A4
B4
C4
D4
DDRV_1
DDRV_2
DDRV_5
DDRV_8
DDRV_10
ARDQS0
ARDQ0
ARDQ1
ARDQ2
ARDQ3
C23
B17
D23
C17
SOC -> CI SLOT
MT5369_MCLKI
CI_ADDR[9]
CI_ADDR[10]
L32
K33
GPIO9 DEMOD_TSDATA7
V30
T35
FE_TS_SYNC
FE_TS_DATA[7]

I2C_5 : NVRAM AC3


B3
C3
DDRV_4
DDRV_7
ARDQ4
ARDQ5
D24
C16
C24
MT5369_MIVAL_ERR CI_ADDR[11] K32
GPIO10 DEMOD_TSSYNC
T31
+3.3V_NORMAL I2C_6 : TUNER_MOPLL(T/C,ATV) AC4
DDRV_46
DDRV_47
ARDQ6
ARDQ7
D15 GPIO11 DEMOD_TSVAL FE_TS_VAL
MT5369_MISTRT CI_ADDR[12] H33
G10 D21
G9
MEMTP ARDQM1
B20
GPIO12
MEMTN ARDQS1
C20 CI_ADDR[13] L35 N36
G13
ARDQS1
A17 GPIO13 CI_INT /PCM_REG
RVREF_B ARDQ8
G21
RVREF_A ARDQ9
A23
SOC -> CI SLOT CI_ADDR[14] K36 T37
ARDQ10
D17
B23
GPIO14 CI_TSCLK /PCM_CE1
F10
ARDQ11
D20 J32 R35
R128 R131 R134 R139 R142 R173 R185 R188 R156 R160 ARCKE ARDQ12
D22 MT5369_TS_OUT[0-7] GPIO15 CI_TSDATA0 MT5369_TS_SYNC CI SLOT -> SOC
R164 R177 D9
ARDQ13
D19 J34 R37
1.2K 1.2K 2.7K 2.7K 2.7K 2.7K 2.7K 2.7K 2.7K 2.7K C9
ARCLK1 ARDQ14
C22 /PCM_WE
2.7K 2.7K ARCLK1 ARDQ15 GPIO16 CI_TSSYNC
A20 A7 K34 R36 /PCM_OE
A21
ARCLK0
ARCLK0
ARDQM2
ARDQS2
B9 GPIO17 CI_TSVAL
R110 33 A9 MT5369_TS_OUT[0] K35
STB_SCL I2C_SCL1 E18
ARODT
ARDQS2
ARDQ16
C12
GPIO18
F17 D6
R111 33 E17
ARRAS ARDQ17
B12 MT5369_TS_OUT[1] K37 R34
STB_SDA I2C_SDA1 E16
ARCAS ARDQ18
C5 GPIO19 PVR_TSCLK MT5369_TS_VAL CI SLOT -> SOC
ARCS ARDQ19
D14 C13 MT5369_TS_OUT[2] J36 R32
OPCTRL_11_SCL R112 33 I2C_SCL2
ARWE ARDQ20
ARDQ21
A5
GPIO20 PVR_TSVAL CI_A_VS1
B14 A12
ARRESET ARDQ22
B5 MT5369_TS_OUT[3] J37 R33
OPCTRL_10_SDA R113 33 I2C_SDA2 A13
ARDQ23
GPIO21 PVR_TSSYNC MT5369_TS_CLK CI SLOT -> SOC
ARBA0
G11
ARBA1 ARDQM3
E10 MT5369_TS_OUT[4] J35 P33
OSCL1 R114 33 I2C_SCL3
D16
ARBA2 ARDQS3
C8
D8
GPIO22 PVR_TSDATA0 /PCM_IRQA
F18
ARDQS3
C6 MT5369_TS_OUT[5] J33 P34
OSDA1 R115 33 I2C_SDA3
ARCSX ARDQ24
ARDQ25
D10 CI_DATA[0-7] GPIO23 PVR_TSDATA1 /PCM_WAIT
C15
ARA14 ARDQ26
D7 MT5369_TS_OUT[6] G33
OSCL2 R116 33 I2C_SCL4
A15
F13
ARA13 ARDQ27
C11
C7
GPIO24 +3.3V_NORMAL
C14
ARA12 ARDQ28
C10 MT5369_TS_OUT[7] H35 N37
R117 33 ARA11 ARDQ29
GPIO25 SPI_CLK1 /CI_CD2
OSDA2 I2C_SDA4 F11
E15
ARA10 ARDQ30
B7
B10 CI_DATA[0] H31 P35
R118 33 D13
ARA9 ARDQ31
GPIO26 SPI_CLK /CI_CD1
OSCL0 I2C_SCL5 B15
ARA8
ARA7 CI_DATA[1] F34 N34
E14 N14

OSDA0 R121 33 I2C_SDA5 F16


ARA6
ARA5
AVDD33_MEMPLL
AVSS33_MEMPLL
N15 GPIO27 SPI_DATA /PCM_IORD R168 R161
E13
ARA4
CI_DATA[2] E36 N35 R166 4.7K 4.7K
OPCTRL_1_SCL R122 33 I2C_SCL6
B13
ARA3 GPIO28 SPI_CLE /PCM_IOWR 2.7K
A14
F14
ARA2 DVSS_50
R1
P21 CI_DATA[3] N33 OPT OPT
OPCTRL_0_SDA R123 33 I2C_SDA6 F15
ARA1 DVSS_48
GPIO29 OPT
ARA0
CI_DATA[4] P32 AU12 R171
GPIO30 OPWM2 PWM_DIM2
CI_DATA[5] M35 AT12 22
GPIO31 OPWM1 PWM_DIM1
CI_DATA[6] M37 AR12 R169 10K R170 22
GPIO32 OPWM0 A_DIM
CI_DATA[7] M33 OPT
GPIO33 R120 C120
F35 A37 R126
MT5369_TS_IN[0] 1K 1K 2.2uF
GPIO34 SD_D0 SMARTCARD_CLK
E35 C35 10V
MT5369_TS_IN[1] GPIO35 SD_D1 SMARTCARD_PWR_SEL OPT
E37 A36 PWM2_PULL_DOWN_1K
MT5369_TS_IN[2] GPIO36 SD_D2 SMARTCARD_RST
MT5369_TS_IN[3] N32 B35 PWM1_PULL_DOWN_1K

+3.3V_NORMAL Model Option CI SLOT -> SOC


MT5369_TS_IN[4]
M34
M36
GPIO37
GPIO38
SD_D3
SD_CMD
B36
B37
SMARTCARD_DET
SMARTCARD_VCC SMARTCARD_CLK
MT5369_TS_IN[5] GPIO39 SD_CLK SMARTCARD_DATA SMARTCARD_PWR_SEL
M32 FOR JAPAN
MT5369_TS_IN[6] GPIO40 SMARTCARD_RST
MT5369_TS_IN[7] L33
MTK_OPTIC_Tx_IC

GPIO41 SMARTCARD_DET
MTK_DVB_T2_TUNER
MTK_3D_DEPTH_IC
MTK_Int_FRC/URSA5

MTK_DVB_C2_TUNER
MTK_DVB_S_TUNER

/USB_OCD2 E33 AT11


SoC GPIO42 LDM_CS
MTK_DDR_768MB

SMARTCARD_VCC
MTK_FRC3/URSA5

E32 AU11
MTK_CP_BOX

NO_FRC internal LG FRC2 Reserved /USB_OCD1 L/DIM0_SCLK


GPIO43 LDM_CLK SMARTCARD_DATA
FRC
MTK_FHD

MTK_EPI

/USB_OCD3 F32 AR10


R140
4.7K
R135
4.7K

R175
4.7K
R130
4.7K

L/DIM0_VS
R186
4.7K
R125
4.7K

R132
4.7K

GPIO44 LDM_VSYNC
R106
4.7K

R108
4.7K

R189
4.7K
R101
4.7K

MODEL_OPT_0 A29 AM9 FOR JAPAN


0 0 1 1 USB_CTL2 L/DIM0_MOSI
GPIO45 LDM_DO
D31 AP10
MODEL_OPT_1 0 1 USB_CTL1 GPIO46 LDM_DI
0 1 C31
USB_CTL3 GPIO47
E30
MODEL_OPT_0 EPI_LOCK6 GPIO48
E31 AN22
MODEL_OPT_0 GPIO49 LED_PWM1 LED_PWM1
MODEL_OPT_1 F31 AP21
C100 C102 C103 C105 C106 C104 MODEL_OPT_1 GPIO50 LED_PWM0 LED_PWM0
HIGH LOW E29
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
MODEL_OPT_2 ERROR_OUT GPIO51
OPT OPT OPT OPT OPT OPT AP9
MODEL_OPT_2 FHD HD MODEL_OPT_3 GPIO52
MODEL_OPT_3 AT9 5V Tolerance
MODEL_OPT_7 M_RFModule_ISP GPIO53
MODEL_OPT_3 OPTIC NON_OPTIC AR9 AU20
/S2_RESET MODEL_OPT_4 MODEL_OPT_5 GPIO54 OPCTRL11 OPCTRL_11_SCL
SC_ID_SOC AU9 AT20
MODEL_OPT_4 3D DEPTH 3D_Depth_IC NON_3D_Depth_IC MODEL_OPT_6 GPIO55 OPCTRL10 OPCTRL_10_SDA
MODEL_OPT_5 HEAT SINK SMD GASKET AN18
OPCTRL9 COMP1_DET
MODEL_OPT_5 DDR DDR_768MB DDR_Default NON_EU AP20
MODEL_OPT_6 OPCTRL8 SC_DET
R193 10K AN23 AM18
M_RFModule_ISP MODEL_OPT_6 CP BOX Enable Disable ADIN0_SRV OPCTRL7 DSUB_DET
MODEL_OPT_7 R176 10K AN24 AN19
MTK_H/S_3.5T

ADIN1_SRV OPCTRL6 HP_DET


MTK_H/S_3.5T

MTK_H/S_3.5T

MTK_H/S_9.5T
MTK_H/S_3.5T

MODEL_OPT_7 R162
MDS61887710

MODEL_OPT_8 10K AP23 AP19


MTK_NON_OPTIC_Tx_IC

MDS62110213

MDS62110213

MDS62110213

MDS62110213

T2 Tuner Support Not Support AV1_CVBS_DET


R163 ADIN2_SRV OPCTRL5
10K AR23 AR19
MTK_NON_DVB_T2_TUNER

MTK_NON_DVB_C2_TUNER

MODEL_OPT_9
MTK_NON_3D_DEPTH_IC
MTK_NO_FRC/Int_FRC

AMP_RESET_SOC
MTK_NON_DVB_S_TUNER

M104

MODEL_OPT_8 ADIN3_SRV OPCTRL4


M100

M101

M102

M103

S Tuner Support Not Support AU23 AN21


MTK_NO_FRC/FRC3

MTK_DDR_DEFAULT

M_RFModule_RESET ADIN4_SRV OPCTRL3 OPCTRL3


MTK_NON_CP_BOX

MODEL_OPT_10 AT23 AM19


MTK_NON_EPI

MODEL_OPT_9 Reserved Default OPC_EN ADIN5_SRV OPCTRL2 RF_SWITCH_CTL


AM24 AN20
MTK_HD

/TU_RESET ADIN6_SRV OPCTRL1 OPCTRL_1_SCL


R133
4.7K
R102
4.7K

R107
4.7K

R129
4.7K
R127
4.7K
R109
4.7K

R138
4.7K

R141
4.7K

R184
4.7K

R187
4.7K

R190
4.7K

MODEL_OPT_10 EPI Support Not Support AM23 AR20


MODEL_OPT_4 /S2_RESET ADIN7_SRV OPCTRL0 OPCTRL_0_SDA

MODEL OPTION 8 is just for CP Box


It should not be appiled at MP

R124
AMP_RESET_SOC AMP_RESET_N
33
AMP_RESET_BY_SOC R100 AMP_RESET_BY_SOC
10K

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS MID_MAIN_1 2011.12.13
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 8

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
PLACE AT JACK SIDE
C319
1608 sizs For EMI
10uF
R314 16V
PC_L_IN PC_L_IN_SOC
0 1608 sizs For EMI
R300 R333
C300 C314
470K AV1_CVBS_IN AV1_CVBS_IN_SOC
560pF 100pF
OPT 120-ohm
50V 50V
C344 C348 R330
OPT OPT ZD300 C340
27pF 100pF 75
5.48VTO5.76V 50V 50V 47pF
C320 1% 50V
1608 sizs For EMI ZD301 OPT
10uF
R336 16V 5.48VTO5.76V
PC_R_IN PC_R_IN_SOC
0 1.0Vpp 1608 sizs For EMI
0 R374
R301 C301 C315 COMP1_Y COMP1_Y_SOC
470K 560pF 100pF
OPT 50V 50V C388 C394
ZD302 C384
OPT OPT 27pF 27pF R355
5.48VTO5.76V 75 10pF
50V 50V
50V
ZD303 OPT OPT 1%
C345 5.48VTO5.76V
1608 sizs For EMI
10uF
R344 16V
AV1_L_IN AV1_L_IN_SOC 1608 sizs For EMI
30K 0 R373
COMP1_Pb COMP1_Pb_SOC
R328
C338 C342
470K C386 C391
560pF 100pF
OPT 50V 50V ZD304 27pF 27pF R354 C379
5.48VTO5.76V 50V 50V 75 10pF
+5V_NORMAL OPT
OPT OPT 1% 50V
ZD305
5.48VTO5.76V
DSUB_VSYNC DSUB_VSYNC_SOC
R308 OPT C346
1.2K C329 R324 22 1608 sizs For EMI
R325 10uF
R302 10V OPT 5pF 2K
R345 16V 1608 sizs For EMI
180 50V 0
ARC C311 1uF COMP1_Pr R372 COMP1_Pr_SOC
HDMI_ARC OPT AV1_R_IN AV1_R_IN_SOC
30K
R303
82 R309 C385 C392 C378
100K R329 C339 C343 ZD306 R353
DSUB_HSYNC OPT DSUB_HSYNC_SOC 27pF 27pF 75 10pF
C330 R323 470K 560pF 100pF 5.48VTO5.76V
22 R326 50V
FOR EMI 50V 50V
5pF OPT 50V 50V 1%
2K OPT
50V OPT ZD307 OPT
OPT 5.48VTO5.76V

IC105 IC105
LGE2112 LGE2112
CHANGE SYMBOL
AG3
AA32 AG35 AO3N TXC4N
HDMI_CEC HDMI_0_RX_0 D0+_HDMI2_JACK AG4
AG34 AO3P TXC4P
HDMI_0_RX_0B D0-_HDMI2_JACK AG1
AG33 AG37 AO4N TXC3N
DDC_SCL_2_JACK HDMI_0_SCL HDMI_0_RX_1 D1+_HDMI2_JACK AG2
AE33 AG36 AO4P TXC3P
DDC_SCL_3_JACK HDMI_1_SCL HDMI_0_RX_1B D1-_HDMI2_JACK AF3
AC33 AF35 AOCLKN TXCCLKN
DDC_SCL_1_SOC HDMI_2_SCL HDMI_0_RX_2 D2+_HDMI2_JACK AF4
AH32 AF34 AOCLKP TXCCLKP
DDC_SCL_4_JACK HDMI_3_SCL HDMI_0_RX_2B D2-_HDMI2_JACK AE3
AH35 AO2N TXC2N
HDMI_0_RX_C CK+_HDMI2_JACK AE4
AF33 AH34 AO2P TXC2P
DDC_SDA_2_JACK HDMI_0_SDA HDMI_0_RX_CB CK-_HDMI2_JACK AE1
AD33 AO1N TXC1N
DDC_SDA_3_JACK HDMI_1_SDA F27 AE2
AB33 AE37 MODEL_OPT_8 TCON0 AO1P TXC1P
DDC_SDA_1_SOC HDMI_2_SDA HDMI_1_RX_0 D0+_HDMI3_JACK E27 AD1
AH33 AE36 MODEL_OPT_9 TCON1 AO0N TXC0N
DDC_SDA_4_JACK HDMI_3_SDA HDMI_1_RX_0B D0-_HDMI3_JACK F30 AD2
AD35 MODEL_OPT_10 TCON2 AO0P TXC0P
HDMI_1_RX_1 D1+_HDMI3_JACK F29
R304 1K AG31 AD34 GCLK_SOC TCON3
5V_HDMI_2_JACK HDMI_0_PWR5V HDMI_1_RX_1B D1-_HDMI3_JACK B27 AL3
R305 1K AE31 AC35 MCLK_SOC TCON4 AE4N TXD4N
5V_HDMI_3_JACK HDMI_1_PWR5V HDMI_1_RX_2 D2+_HDMI3_JACK A27 AL4
R306 1K AC31 AC34 GST_SOC TCON5 AE4P TXD4P
5V_HDMI_1_SOC HDMI_2_PWR5V HDMI_1_RX_2B D2-_HDMI3_JACK B28 AL1
R307 1K AH31 AE35 EO_SOC TCON6 AE3N TXD3N
5V_HDMI_4_JACK HDMI_3_PWR5V HDMI_1_RX_C CK+_HDMI3_JACK A28 AL2
AE34 VCOM_DYN TCON7 AE3P TXD3P
HDMI_1_RX_CB CK-_HDMI3_JACK C28 AK3
AG32 PMIC_RESET TCON8 AECLKN TXDCLKN
HDMI_HPD_2_JACK HDMI_0_HPD D28 AK4
AE32 AB35 2D/3D_CTL TCON9 AECLKP TXDCLKP
HDMI_HPD_3_JACK HDMI_1_HPD HDMI_2_RX_0 D0+_HDMI1_SOC E28 AJ3
AC32 AB34 MODEL_OPT_2 TCON10 AE2N TXD2N
HDMI_HPD_1_SOC HDMI_2_HPD HDMI_2_RX_0B D0-_HDMI1_SOC F28 AJ4
AJ32 AA35 PCM_5V_CTL TCON11 AE2P TXD2P
HDMI_HPD_4_JACK HDMI_3_HPD HDMI_2_RX_1 D1+_HDMI1_SOC B29 AJ1
+1.2V_MTK_AVDD AA34 EMMC_RST TCON12 AE1N TXD1N
HDMI_2_RX_1B D1-_HDMI1_SOC AJ2
AA24 AA37 +1.2V_MTK_AVDD AE1P TXD1P
AVDD12_HDMI_0_RX HDMI_2_RX_2 D2+_HDMI1_SOC AH3
Y24 AA36 AE0N TXD0N
C303 C306 AVDD12_HDMI_1_RX HDMI_2_RX_2B D2-_HDMI1_SOC AH4
0.1uF 0.1uF W24 AC37 AE0P TXD0P
AVDD12_HDMI_2_RX HDMI_2_RX_C CK+_HDMI1_SOC AG6
AB24 AC36 AVDD12_LVDS_1
AVDD12_HDMI_3_RX HDMI_2_RX_CB CK-_HDMI1_SOC C350 C354 AJ6 AT2
AVDD12_LVDS_2 BO4N TXA4N CI_ADDR[0-14]
0.1uF 0.1uF VDD3V3 AF6 AU2 CH3
AB29 AK35 AVDD12_VPLL BO4P TXA4P
AVDD33_HDMI_0_RX HDMI_3_RX_0 D0+_HDMI4_JACK AE6 AT1 CI_ADDR[0]
VDD3V3 AA29 AK34 AVDD33_LVDSB BO3N TXA3N TP312
AVDD33_HDMI_1_RX HDMI_3_RX_0B D0-_HDMI4_JACK AH7 AU1 CI_ADDR[1]
Y29 AJ35 C347 AVDD33_LVDSA BO3P TXA3P TP313
AVDD33_HDMI_2_RX HDMI_3_RX_1 D1+_HDMI4_JACK AR1 CI_ADDR[2]
AC29 AJ34 0.1uF BOCLKN TXACLKN TP314
AVDD33_HDMI_3_RX HDMI_3_RX_1B D1-_HDMI4_JACK AJ5 AR2
TXACLKP
CH2 CI_ADDR[3]
TP315
AJ37 AVSS12_LVDS_2 BOCLKP
HDMI_3_RX_2 D2+_HDMI4_JACK AG5 AP1 CI_ADDR[4]
C304 C307 AB30 AJ36 AVSS12_LVDS_1 BO2N TXA2N TP316
AVSS33_HDMI_RX_1 HDMI_3_RX_2B D2-_HDMI4_JACK AF5 AP2 CI_ADDR[5]
0.1uF 0.1uF AD30 AJ33 TXA2P TP317
AVSS12_VPLL BO2P CI_ADDR[6]
AVSS33_HDMI_RX_2 HDMI_3_RX_C CK+_HDMI4_JACK AE5 AN1
AF31 AK33 AVSS33_LVDSB BO1N TXA1N TP318
CK-_HDMI4_JACK AH5 AN2 CI_ADDR[7]
AF32
AVSS33_HDMI_RX_3 HDMI_3_RX_CB
AVSS33_LVDSA BO1P TXA1P CH1 TP319
AVSS33_HDMI_RX_4 AM3 CI_ADDR[8]
BO0N TXA0N TP320
AG7 AM4 CI_ADDR[9]
C36 REXT_VPLL BO0P TXA0P TP321
USB_DP3 USB_DP_P0 MT5369_MCLKI CI_ADDR[10]
C37 R343 TP322
USB_DM3 24K AT6 MT5369_MIVAL_ERR CI_ADDR[11]
USB_DM_P0
BE4N TXB4N TP323
1% AU6 MT5369_MISTRT CI_ADDR[12]
D36 BE4P TXB4P TP324
USB_DP2 USB_DP_P1 AP6 CI_ADDR[13]
D37 BE3N TXB3N TP325
USB_DM2 USB_DM_P1 AR6 For PCB Pattern CI_ADDR[14]
Port was changed !!!! BE3P
AP5
TXB3P TP326
AT13 BECLKN TXBCLKN MT5369_TS_OUT[0-7] TP327
WIFI_DP USB_DP_P2 AR5 HP_OUT HP_OUT
AU13 BECLKP TXBCLKP 1.2K R351 1.2K R369 TP328
WIFI_DM USB_DM_P2 AT4 HP_ROUT_MAIN
BE2N TXB2N 1.2K R352 1.2K R370 TP329
AU4 MT5369_TS_OUT[0]
AT14 BE2P TXB2P CH6 C377 C390 C395
HP_LOUT_MAIN
TP330
USB_DP1 USB_DP_P3 SC_R_IN_SOC AP4 HP_OUT C383 HP_OUT MT5369_TS_OUT[1]
VDD3V3 AU14 BE1N TXB1N 1200pF 1200pF 1200pF 1200pF TP331
USB_DM1 SC_L_IN_SOC AR4 MT5369_TS_OUT[2]
USB_DM_P3
BE1P TXB1P CH5 HP_OUT HP_OUT HP_OUT HP_OUT TP332
AP3 MT5369_TS_OUT[3]
D35 BE0N TXB0N TP333
AR3 MT5369_TS_OUT[4]
AP13
AVDD33_USB_P0P1
For PCB Pattern BE0P TXB0P CH4 SCART_Rout_SOC TP334
AVDD33_USB_P2P3 SCART_Lout_SOC MT5369_TS_OUT[5]
C302 CI_DATA[0-7] TP335
AU37 AN35 MT5369_TS_OUT[6]
0.1uF D34 AIN0_R_AADC AR0_ADAC TP336
AVSS33_USB_P1 AU35 AN34 MT5369_TS_OUT[7]
AR13 AUDIO_R_OUT_COMMERCIAL TP337
AIN0_L_AADC AL0_ADAC CI_DATA[0]
AVSS33_USB_P2 R311 30K AT35 AUDIO_L_OUT_COMMERCIAL
PC_R_IN_SOC AIN1_R_AADC TP338
R310 30K AT37 AM32 CI_DATA[1]
W35 AT18 PC_L_IN_SOC AIN1_L_AADC AR1_ADAC TP339
PCIE11_TXP TXVP_0 EPHY_TDP AU36 AM34 CI_DATA[2]
W34 AU18 AIN2_R_AADC AL1_ADAC TP340
+1.2V_MTK_AVDD PCIE11_TXN TXVN_0 EPHY_TDN AP34 CI_DATA[3]
Y34 AIN2_L_AADC TP341
PCIE11_RXN R338 0 AT36 AM37 CI_DATA[4]
Y35 AU17 AV1_R_IN_SOC AIN3_R_AADC AR2_ADAC TP342
PCIE11_RXP RXVN_1 EPHY_RDN R337 0 AR37 AM33 CI_DATA[5]
VDD3V3 C316 AT17 AV1_L_IN_SOC AIN3_L_AADC AL2_ADAC TP343
RXVP_1 EPHY_RDP AR33 CI_DATA[6]
0.1uF U24 TP344
AIN4_R_AADC CI_DATA[7]
AVDD12_PCIE11 AP32 AM36 1.2K R376 1.2K R378
V24 AN16 AIN4_L_AADC AR3_ADAC TP345
AVDD33_PCIE11 PHYLED1 AR36 AM35 1.2K R377 1.2K R379 MT5369_TS_IN[0]
C308 AM16 AIN5_R_AADC AL3_ADAC TP346
0.1uF PHYLED0 AP37 C398 C399 C400 MT5369_TS_IN[1]
W30 AIN5_L_AADC C397 1200pF 1200pF TP347
AVSS12_PCIE11 AR35 AG30 1200pF 1200pF MT5369_TS_IN[2]
AD15 24K R315 AIN6_R_AADC AVDD33_DAC TP348
REXT AP36 AF30 MT5369_TS_IN[3]
W36 +1.2V_MTK_AVDD AIN6_L_AADC AVDD33_DAC1 TP349
DAC_3V3
PCIE11_REFCKN MT5369_TS_IN[4]
W37 AD14 TP350
PCIE11_REFCKP AVDD12_REC
C323 VDD3V3
VDD3V3
AVSS33_DAC
AK30
C365 C380 SPDIF_OUT PLACE AT JACK SIDE MT5369_TS_IN[5] TP351
0.1uF AE30 MT5369_TS_IN[6]
AD16 AVSS33_DAC1 0.01uF 0.1uF TP352
AVDD33_COM AL31 ARC MT5369_TS_IN[7]
AD17 TUNER_SIF C305 C362 AVDD33_AADC TP353
AVDD33_LD C328 AJ28 Y33 L300
1uF 0.1uF SC_ID_SOC
0.1uF AVSS33_AADC ALIN DSUB_R+ TP354
25V AR16
AL16 ASPDIF0 BLM15BD121SN1 /CI_CD2 TP355
AVSS33_LD AJ27 Y32 C333
AL15 VMID_AADC ASPDIF1 R322 /CI_CD1 TP356
AVSS33_COM AR11 R366 100 47pF 75
AL14 AOBCK AUD_SCK 50V D301 /PCM_IORD TP357
AVSS12_REC C352 0.01uF AN28 AP11 R367 100 ADLC 5S 02 015
T/C&AT&CHB MPXP AOLRCK AUD_LRCK /PCM_IOWR TP358
C312 AM12 R368 100 5.5V
R339 AOMCLK AUD_MASTER_CLK
C358 C363 AM10 R371 100 PCM_RST TP307
2.2K AUD_LRCH
0.01uF 1uF AOSDATA4 /PCM_REG
OPT AM11 TP308
33pF 50V 25V AOSDATA3 C387 C389 C393 C396
T/C&AT&CHB AN11 Don’t use as GPIO /PCM_CE1 TP309
22pF 22pF 22pF 33pF L301
R346 0 R334 51 AOSDATA2 MT5369_TS_SYNC
IF_P AN10 OPT OPT OPT DSUB_G+ TP310
AOSDATA1 OPT
C336 1uF AN9 /PCM_WE TP311
T/C&AT&CHB BLM15BD121SN1
10V AOSDATA0 C335 R321 /PCM_OE
Close to Tuner C309 47pF D300 TP359
T/C&AT&CHB Close to MT5369 75
OPT AU32 AN25 50V ADLC 5S 02 015 MT5369_TS_VAL TP360
ADCINP_DEMOD HSYNC DSUB_HSYNC_SOC 5.5V
R331 0 C337 1uF R335 51 AT32 AM25 CI_A_VS1 TP361
IF_N ADCINN_DEMOD VSYNC DSUB_VSYNC_SOC
AR25 0.01uF C366 100 R356 MT5369_TS_CLK TP362
T/C&AT&CHB 10V T/C&AT&CHB VDD3V3 RP
T/C&AT&CHB C310 AD22 AR24 0.01uF C367 100 R357 /PCM_IRQA TP363
AVDD33_DEMOD GP L304
+1.2V_MTK_AVDD C364 AU24 0.01uF C368 100 R358 /PCM_WAIT TP364
BP DSUB_B+
0.1uF AP24 0.01uF C369 100 R359
33pF BLM15BD121SN1 SC_R_IN_SOC TP365
COM
T/C&AT&CHB AL27 AT24 1500pF C370 C334 SC_L_IN_SOC
AVDD12_DEMOD SOG R320 D302 TP366
C351 AR22 47pF
75 ADLC 5S 02 015 SC_CVBS_IN_SOC TP367
0.1uF VGA_SDA RGB_DDC_SDA 50V
AM28 AP22 5.5V
T/C&AT&CHB T/C&AT&CHB AVSS33_DEMOD VGA_SCL RGB_DDC_SCL SC_COM_SOC TP368
AJ26
R332 10K R342 10K AVSS12_DEMOD SC_G_SOC TP369
IF_AGC AT26
C355 COM1 SC_COM_SOC SC_R_SOC TP370
Close to Tuner AR26
C341 0.047uF PB1P SC_G_SOC SC_B_SOC TP371
0.047uF T/C&AT&CHB AP26
PR1P SC_R_SOC SC_FB_SOC TP372
T/C&AT&CHB U35 AU26
IF_AGC Y1P SC_B_SOC DTV/MNT_V_OUT_SOC TP373
U34 AP25
SC_FB_SOC
Close to MT5369 TP300 RF_AGC SOY1
AU28 0.01uF C371 100 R361
SCART_Rout_SOC TP374
HP_OUT COM0 SCART_Lout_SOC TP375
AP31 AT28 0.01uF C372 100 R362 For PCB Pattern
L303 LOUTN PB0P
AN30 AR28 0.01uF C373 100 R363
BLM18PG121SN1D LOUTP PR0P PCM_5V_CTL
AP27 0.01uF C374 100 R364 TP377
HP_LOUT_AMP HP_LOUT Y0P COMP1_Pb_SOC SC_DET TP378
V35 AR27 1500pF C375
HP_OUT OSCL2 OSCL2 SOY0 COMP1_Pr_SOC
V34
C332 OSDA2 OSDA2 OPT COMP1_Y_SOC
AU30 0 R349
0.22uF VDACX_OUT
10V AP28 AP29 0 R350
SC0 VDACY_OUT DTV/MNT_V_OUT_SOC
AR29
SC_CVBS_IN_SOC SY0 VDD3V3
AD20
AVDD33_VDAC_BG
AT30 AD21
For PCB Pattern CVBS3P AVDD33_VDAC
R341 100 C360 0.047uF AR30
AV1_CVBS_IN_SOC CVBS2P
R340 100 C359 0.047uF AR31 AD19
TU_CVBS CVBS1P AVDD12_RGB
AN29 +1.2V_MTK_AVDD
HP_OUT CVBS0P
C361 1uF AP30
L302 CVBS_COM
BLM18PG121SN1D AJ22
VDD3V3 AVSS33_VDAC_BG C382
HP_ROUT_AMP HP_ROUT AK24 AJ21
AVDD33_CVBS_1 AVSS12_RGB 0.1uF
HP_OUT AK25 AL24
C331 AVDD33_CVBS_2 AVSS33_VDAC
0.22uF
10V AL25
AVSS33_CVBS_1
AM26
AVSS33_CVBS_2

Place at JACK SIDE

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS MID_MAIN_2 2011.12.19
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 9

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+3.3V_NORMAL VDD3V3 +1.2V_MTK_CORE 5600mA
60mA
L500
BLM18PG121SN1D
IC105
C524 C506 C505 C529 C532 C535
LGE2112 IC105
C500 C503 C510 C504 10uF 10uF 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
10uF 10uF 0.1uF 2.2uF LGE2112
+1.2V_MTK_CORE
+1.2V_MTK_CORE

AR7 AC22
VCCK_43 VCCK_31 R2 R6
AT7 AC23 DVSS_51 DVSS_55
VCCK_45 VCCK_32 R3 R20
AU7 AD24 DVSS_52 DVSS_62
VCCK_47 VCCK_36 J4 T20
AP8 P23 DVSS_37 DVSS_73
VCCK_42 VCCK_8 R4 U20
AR8 R24 DVSS_53 DVSS_83
+1.2V_MTK_CORE VCCK_44 VCCK_10 Y4 V20
AT8 T24 DVSS_107 DVSS_92
VCCK_46 VCCK_12 F5 W20
AU8 AC24 DVSS_20 DVSS_104
VCCK_48 VCCK_33 J5 Y20
AM7 AC21 DVSS_38 DVSS_117
VCCK_37 VCCK_30 R5 AA20
C539 C543 C546 C548 C550 C552 C553 AN7 P20 DVSS_54 DVSS_127
VCCK_39 VCCK_7 Y5 AB20
10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF AP7 AC20 DVSS_108 DVSS_137
VCCK_41 VCCK_29 W5 G16
AM8 P19 DVSS_95 DVSS_29
VCCK_38 VCCK_6 L7 R21
AN8 AC18 DVSS_44 DVSS_63
VCCK_40 VCCK_27 M7 T21
P14 P18 DVSS_46 DVSS_74
VCCK_1 VCCK_5 R7 U21
R14 AC17 DVSS_56 DVSS_84
VCCK_9 VCCK_26 AA5 V21
T14 P17 DVSS_120 DVSS_93
VDD3V3 VCCK_11 VCCK_4 AB5 W21
AVDD_33SB U14 AD18 DVSS_130 DVSS_105
VCCK_13 VCCK_34 K7 Y21
V14 AD23 DVSS_43 DVSS_118
L501 VCCK_14 VCCK_35 U7 AA21
BLM18PG121SN1D W14 DVSS_77 DVSS_128
VCCK_16 VDD3V3 W7 AB21
Y14 DVSS_97 DVSS_138
VCCK_18 E9 R22
C501 AA14 DVSS_13 DVSS_64
+1.2V_MTK_CORE +1.2V_MTK_AVDD VCCK_20 E8 T22
0.1uF AB14 AL9 DVSS_12 DVSS_75
VCCK_22 VCC3IO_B_4 F9 U22
L502 AC14 AK10 DVSS_22 DVSS_85
BLM18PG121SN1D VCCK_23 VCC3IO_B_2 G14 V22
AC19 AK9 DVSS_28 DVSS_94
VCCK_28 VCC3IO_B_1 J6 W22
P15 AK11 DVSS_39 DVSS_106
C525 C502 VCCK_2 VCC3IO_B_3 R15 Y22
AC15 H29 DVSS_57 DVSS_119
10uF 0.1uF VCCK_24 VCC3IO_A_5 T15 AA22
P16 J29 DVSS_68 DVSS_129
VCCK_3 VCC3IO_A_7 U15 AB22
AC16 H30 DVSS_78 DVSS_139
VCCK_25 VCC3IO_A_6 V15 R23
V23 J30 DVSS_87 DVSS_65
VCCK_15 VCC3IO_A_8 W15 T23
W23 G31 DVSS_99 DVSS_76
VCCK_17 VCC3IO_A_3 Y15 U23
Y23 G32 DVSS_112 DVSS_86
VCCK_19 VCC3IO_A_4 AA15 AB23
AA23 F33 DVSS_122 DVSS_140
VCCK_21 VCC3IO_A_2 AB15 W6
E34 DVSS_132 DVSS_96
VCC3IO_A_1 H11 G17
DVSS_34 DVSS_30
R16 F25
DVSS_58 DVSS_27
T16 Y6
DVSS_69 DVSS_109
U16 E21
DVSS_79 DVSS_17
+5V_NORMAL DAC_3V3 V16 F21
DVSS_88 DVSS_25
W16 L8
IC501 DVSS_100 DVSS_45
Y16 T7
AP1117E33G-13 DVSS_113 DVSS_66
AA16 D11
DVSS_123 DVSS_7
AB16 E11
INADJ/GND DVSS_133 DVSS_14
R17 D12
OUT DVSS_59 DVSS_8
POWER_ON/OFF1 T17 E22
DVSS_70 DVSS_18
TP500 C526 U17 F22
10uF DVSS_80 DVSS_26
V17 G25
10V DVSS_89 DVSS_33
Y17 AB19
DVSS_114 DVSS_136
T18 AA19
DVSS_71 DVSS_126
V18 P22
DVSS_90 DVSS_49
Y18 W19
DVSS_115 DVSS_103
R500 T19 U19
1 DVSS_72 DVSS_82
V19 R19
DVSS_91 DVSS_61
Y19 Y7
DVSS_116 DVSS_110
C540 C544 W17 AB18
10uF 0.1uF DVSS_101 DVSS_135
AA17 AA18
10V 16V DVSS_124 DVSS_125
AB17 W18
DVSS_134 DVSS_102
R18 U18
DVSS_60 DVSS_81
AB6 AA7
DVSS_131 DVSS_121
H19 N22
DVSS_35 DVSS_47
H22 T8
DVSS_36 DVSS_67
J11 W8
DVSS_40 DVSS_98
J12 Y8
DVSS_41 DVSS_111
J22 E7
DVSS_42 DVSS_11
F8
DVSS_21

+3.3V_NORMAL +3.3V_NORMAL EMMC_VCCQ


3.3V_EMMC

LAN_JACK_POWER

L504 L506
BLM18PG121SN1D BLM18PG121SN1D
TP501

C512 C522
0.1uF 0.1uF
16V 16V
DECAP FOR SOC (HIDDEN - UCC) DECAP FOR SOC (BOTTOM)

SMD Gaskit +1.2V_MTK_CORE +1.2V_MTK_CORE


SMD_GASKIT_8.5T_COMP
SMD_GASKIT_8.5T_LAN

SMD_GASKIT_8.5T_RGB

C514 C520 C527 C531 C537 C545


0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
LAN RGB COMP
MDS62110209

MDS62110209

MDS62110209
M500

M501

M502
SMD_GASKIT_12.5T_HDMI2

SMD_GASKIT_12.5T_HDMI1
SMD_GASKIT_12.5T_USB1

SMD_GASKIT_12.5T_USB3

+1.5V_DDR +1.5V_DDR

HDMI1~2 HDMI2~3 USB1~2 USB3


MDS62110217

MDS62110217

MDS62110217

MDS62110217

C508 C523 C533 C536 C547


0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
M503

M504

M505

M506

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS MID_MAIN_3 2011.12.09
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 10

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
PLACE AT JACK SIDE

R610
51K
SC_ID SC_ID_SOC
1/16W
1%
EU R613
10K
EU

READY FOR FILTER (EMI)

R611
SC_CVBS_IN SC_CVBS_IN_IF
120-ohm
C607 R604
C601 EU 100pF 75
10pF 1%
EU
OPT EU

SC_FB SC_FB_SOC
R609
R608 22
75 EU
1%
EU

PLACE AT MAIN SOC SIDE


R623 100 C615 0.01uF
SC_R SC_R_SOC
C604 EU EU
R605 10pF
75
1% EU
EU

R622 100 C614 0.01uF


SC_G SC_G_SOC
C605 EU EU
R606 10pF
75
1% EU
EU R620 100 C612 0.01uF
SC_COM_SOC
EU EU
R621 100 C613 0.01uF
SC_B SC_B_SOC
R607
75
1%
C606
10pF
EU EU PLACE AT IC6000
EU EU
R617 100 C616 0.047uF
SC_CVBS_IN_IF SC_CVBS_IN_SOC +12V
EU EU
OPT
R630
R632 100K
15K R618
SCART_Rout_SOC SCART_Rout
EU 0 +12V OPT
R627 EU R631
330pF OPT 100K
50V R628
EU 100K
15K R619 R633
SCART_Lout_SOC SCART_Lout
EU 0 OPT
R603 R629
EU
330pF 100K
50V
READY FOR FILTER (EMI) C610 EU
10uF
16V R614
0
SC_L_IN SC_L_IN_SOC
R625 EU 1/16W
30K C608 5%
R612 R635
R601 EU 100pF EU
C602 SCART_AMP_R_FB
470K 330pF 50V 0 10K
OPT 50V EU EU EU
OPT
C611
10uF
16V R624 R634 R636
0 SCART_AMP_L_FB
SC_R_IN SC_R_IN_SOC 0 10K
R626 EU 1/16W EU EU
R602 30K C609 5%
470K EU 100pF EU
OPT C603
330pF 50V
50V EU
OPT

READY FOR FILTER (EMI)

EU
R600

R616 R615 0
DTV/MNT_V_OUT_SOC C600 C617 DTV/MNT_V_OUT
75 75
1% 1% 220pF 220pF
OPT OPT
EU EU

TU_CVBS TP600

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS MID_MAIN_SCART 2011.12.30
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 11

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+1.5V_DDR

IC701 IC703
H5TQ2G63BFR-PBC H5TQ2G63BFR-PBC
A_RVREF2 C703 C701
+1.5V_DDR C750 C752 C754 C756 C758
A_RVREF4 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 10uF
ARA[0-13] 10V
ARA[0-13]
+1.5V_DDR ARA[0] ARA[0] N3 M8
M8 N3 A0 VREFCA A_RVREF2
VREFCA A0 ARA[1] ARA[1] P7 C735
P7 A1 R720 0.1uF
A1 ARA[2] P3 A_RVREF3 1K
A_RVREF1 P3 ARA[2] 1%
A_RVREF1 C713 A2
A2 ARA[3] ARA[3] N2 H1
R706 0.1uF H1 N2
1K ARA[4] P8 A3 VREFDQ
1% VREFDQ A3 ARA[4]
P8 A4 1%
1% A4 ARA[5] ARA[5] P2 240 R721
P2 A5 R716 1K C736
R710 240 A5 ARA[6] ARA[6] R8 L8 1% 0.1uF
L8 R8 A6 ZQ +1.5V_DDR
R707 ZQ A6 ARA[7] R2
1K C714 R2 ARA[7] +1.5V_DDR
1% +1.5V_DDR ARA[8] A7
0.1uF A7 ARA[8] T8
T8 A8
A8 ARA[9] ARA[9] R3 B2
B2 R3 A9 VDD_1 C704
VDD_1 A9 ARA[10] ARA[10] L7 D9 C745 C751 C753 C755 C757 C702
D9 L7 +1.5V_DDR 10uF
A10/AP VDD_2 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF
VDD_2 A10/AP ARA[11] ARA[11] R7 G7 10V
+1.5V_DDR G7 R7 A11 VDD_3
VDD_3 A11 ARA[12] ARA[12] N7 K2
K2 N7 A12/BC VDD_4
VDD_4 A12/BC ARA[13] T3 K8 A_RVREF3 C733
K8 T3 ARA[13]
A13 VDD_5 R718 0.1uF
A_RVREF4 VDD_5 A13 N1 1K
C715 N1 VDD_6 1%
R708 0.1uF VDD_6 M7 N9
1K N9 M7 A15 VDD_7
1% VDD_7 A15 R1
R1 VDD_8
VDD_8 M2 R9 R719
R9 M2 ARBA0 BA0 VDD_9 1K C734
VDD_9 BA0 ARBA0 N8 1%
R709 N8 ARBA1 0.1uF
1K C716 ARBA1 ARCLK1 BA1
BA1 M3
1% 0.1uF M3 ARBA2 BA2
BA2 ARBA2 ARCLK0 A1
A1 VDDQ_1
VDDQ_1 J7 A8
A8 J7 R714 CK VDDQ_2
VDDQ_2 CK R712 100 K7 C1
C1 K7 100 5% CK VDDQ_3
VDDQ_3 CK 5% K9 C9
C9 K9 ARCKE CKE VDDQ_4
VDDQ_4 CKE ARCKE D2
D2
VDDQ_5 /ARCLK0 /ARCLK1 L2
VDDQ_5
E9 IC105
E9 L2 /ARCS
VDDQ_6 CS /ARCS K1
CS VDDQ_6
F1 LGE2112
F1 K1 ARODT ODT VDDQ_7
VDDQ_7 ODT ARODT J3 H2
H2 J3 /ARRAS +1.5V_DDR
IC701-*2 /ARRAS RAS VDDQ_8
IC701-*1 VDDQ_8 RAS K3 H9
K4B2G1646C-HCK0 NT5CB128M16BP-DI H9 K3 /ARCAS CAS VDDQ_9 IC703-*1
VDDQ_9 CAS /ARCAS L3 NT5CB128M16BP-DI
IC703-*2 AC1 C19
L3 /ARWE WE K4B2G1646C-HCK0
DDRV_44 ARDQM0 ARDQM0
N3
A0 VREFCA
M8 M8 N3 WE /ARWE J1 AC2 C21
P7
A1
VREFCA A0
P7 J1 NC_1 N3 M8 DDRV_45 ARDQS0 ARDQS0
A1
P3
A2
P3 NC_1 T2 J9 P7
A0 VREFCA N3
A0 VREFCA
M8
A3 B21
N2
A3 VREFDQ
H1 H1
A2
N2 J9 T2 ARREST RESET NC_2 P3
A1 P7
A1 DDRV_1 ARDQS0 /ARDQS0 ARDQ[0-7]
P8
A4
VREFDQ A3
P8 NC_2 RESET ARREST L1 N2
A2
H1
P3
A2 A4 C23
P2
A5
A4
P2 L1 NC_3 P8
A3 VREFDQ N2
A3 VREFDQ
H1
DDRV_2 ARDQ0
A5
R8
A6 ZQ
L8 L8 R8 NC_3 L9 P2
A4 P8
A4 B4 B17
R2
A7
ZQ A6
R2 L9 NC_4 R8
A5
L8
P2
A5 DDRV_5 ARDQ1
A7
T8
A8
T8 NC_4 F3 T7 R2
A6 ZQ R8
A6 ZQ
L8
C4 D23
R3
A9 VDD_1
B2 B2
A8
R3 T7 F3 ARDQS2 DQSL NC_6 ARA[14] T8
A7 R2
A7 DDRV_8 ARDQ2
L7
A10/AP VDD_2
D9 D9
VDD_1 A9
L7 ARA[14] NC_6 DQSL ARDQS0 G3 R3
A8
B2
T8
A8 D4 C17
R7
A11 VDD_3
G7 G7
VDD_2 A10/AP
R7 G3 /ARDQS2 DQSL L7
A9 VDD_1
D9
R3
A9 VDD_1
B2
DDRV_10 ARDQ3
N7
A12/BC VDD_4
K2 K2
VDD_3 A11
N7 DQSL /ARDQS0 R7
A10/AP VDD_2
G7
L7
A10/AP VDD_2
D9
B3 D24
T3 K8 VDD_4 A12 A11 VDD_3 R7 G7
A13 VDD_5
K8
VDD_5 NC_6
T3 N7 K2
N7
A11 VDD_3
K2
DDRV_4 ARDQ4
VDD_6
N1 N1 C7 A9 T3
A12 VDD_4
K8 A12/BC VDD_4 C3 C16
M7
NC_5 VDD_7
N9 N9
VDD_6
M7 A9 C7 ARDQS3 DQSU VSS_1 NC_6 VDD_5
N1
T3
A13 VDD_5
K8
DDRV_7 ARDQ5
VDD_8
R1 R1
VDD_7 NC_5
VSS_1 DQSU ARDQS1 B7 B3 M7
VDD_6
N9 VDD_6
N1
AC3 C24
M2
BA0 VDD_9
R9 R9
VDD_8
M2 B3 B7 /ARDQS3 DQSU VSS_2 NC_5 VDD_7
R1
M7
NC_5 VDD_7
N9
DDRV_46 ARDQ6
N8
BA1
VDD_9 BA0
N8 VSS_2 DQSU /ARDQS1 E1 M2
VDD_8
R9 VDD_8
R1
AC4 D15
M3
BA2
BA1
M3 E1 VSS_3 N8
BA0 VDD_9 M2
BA0 VDD_9
R9
DDRV_47 ARDQ7
BA2
VDDQ_1
A1 A1 VSS_3 E7 G8 M3
BA1 N8
BA1
J7
CK VDDQ_2
A8 A8
VDDQ_1
J7 G8 E7 ARDQM2 DML VSS_4 BA2
A1
M3
BA2
K7
CK VDDQ_3
C1 C1
VDDQ_2 CK
K7 VSS_4 DML ARDQM0 D3 J2 J7
VDDQ_1
A8 VDDQ_1
A1
G10 D21
K9
CKE VDDQ_4
C9 C9
VDDQ_3 CK
K9 J2 D3 ARDQM3 DMU VSS_5 K7
CK VDDQ_2
C1
J7
CK VDDQ_2
A8
TP700 MEMTP ARDQM1 ARDQM1
VDDQ_5
D2 D2
VDDQ_4 CKE
VSS_5 DMU ARDQM1 J8 K9
CK VDDQ_3
C9
K7
CK VDDQ_3
C1
G9 B20
L2 E9 E9
VDDQ_5
L2 J8 ARDQ[16-23] VSS_6 CKE VDDQ_4 K9 C9
TP701 MEMTN ARDQS1 ARDQS1
K1
CS VDDQ_6
F1 F1
VDDQ_6 CS
K1 VSS_6 ARDQ[0-7] ARDQ[16] E3 M1 VDDQ_5
D2 CKE VDDQ_4
D2
RVREF_A RVREF_B C20
J3
ODT VDDQ_7
H2 VDDQ_7 ODT M1 E3 L2
CS VDDQ_6
E9
L2
VDDQ_5
E9
/ARDQS1 ARDQ[8-15]
RAS VDDQ_8
H2
VDDQ_8 RAS
J3
ARDQ[17] DQL0 VSS_7 K1 F1 CS VDDQ_6 ARDQS1
K3
CAS VDDQ_9
H9 H9 K3 VSS_7 DQL0 F7 M9 J3
ODT VDDQ_7
H2
K1
ODT VDDQ_7
F1
G13 A17
L3 VDDQ_9 CAS
L3 M9 F7 DQL1 VSS_8 RAS VDDQ_8 J3 H2
RVREF_B ARDQ8
WE
J1 J1
WE
VSS_8 DQL1 ARDQ[18] F2 P1
K3
CAS VDDQ_9
H9
K3
RAS
CAS
VDDQ_8
VDDQ_9
H9
G21 A23
NC_1 L3
T2 J9 J9
NC_1
T2 P1 F2 DQL2 VSS_9 WE L3
RVREF_A ARDQ9
RESET NC_2
L1 L1
NC_2 RESET
VSS_9 DQL2 ARDQ[19] F8 P9 NC_1
J1 WE
NC_1
J1
D17
NC_3 T2 J9
L9 L9
NC_3 P9 F8 DQL3 VSS_10 RESET NC_2 T2 J9
ARDQ10
F3
NC_4
T7 T7
NC_4
F3 VSS_10 DQL3 ARDQ[20] H3 T1 NC_3
L1
L9
RESET NC_2
NC_3
L1
B23
DQSL NC_6
G3 NC_7 DQSL
G3 T1 H3 DQL4 VSS_11 NC_4 L9
ARDQ11
DQSL DQSL
VSS_11 DQL4 ARDQ[21] H8 T9
F3
DQSL NC_7
T7
F3
DQSL
NC_4
NC_6
T7
F10 D20
G3
C7 A9 A9 C7 T9 H8 DQL5 VSS_12 DQSL G3
ARCKE ARCKE ARDQ12
B7
DQSU VSS_1
B3 B3
VSS_1 DQSU
B7 VSS_12 DQL5 ARDQ[22] G2 C7 A9
DQSL
D22
DQSU VSS_2
E1 E1
VSS_2 DQSU G2 DQL6 DQSU VSS_1 C7 A9
ARDQ13
E7
VSS_3
G8 G8
VSS_3
E7 DQL6 ARDQ[23] H7
B7
DQSU VSS_2
B3
B7
DQSU
DQSU
VSS_1
VSS_2
B3
D9 D19
DML VSS_4 E1
D3
DMU VSS_5
J2 J2
VSS_4 DML
D3 H7 DQL7 E7
VSS_3
G8 VSS_3
E1
ARCLK1 ARCLK1 ARDQ14
VSS_5 DMU
VSS_6
J8 J8 DQL7 ARDQ[24-31] B1 D3
DML VSS_4
J2
E7
DML VSS_4
G8
C9 C22
E3 M1 M1
VSS_6
E3 B1 ARDQ[8-15] VSSQ_1 DMU VSS_5 D3 J2
/ARCLK1 ARCLK1 ARDQ15
F7
DQL0 VSS_7
M9 M9
VSS_7 DQL0
F7 VSSQ_1 ARDQ[24] D7 B9 VSS_6
J8 DMU VSS_5
VSS_6
J8
DQL1 VSS_8 E3 M1
F2 P1 P1
VSS_8 DQL1
F2 B9 D7 DQU0 VSSQ_2 DQL0 VSS_7 E3 M1
F8
DQL2 VSS_9
P9 P9
VSS_9 DQL2
F8 VSSQ_2 DQU0 ARDQ[25] C3 D1
F7
DQL1 VSS_8
M9
F7
DQL0
DQL1
VSS_7
VSS_8
M9
A20 A7
DQL3 VSS_10 F2 P1
H3 T1 T1
VSS_10 DQL3
H3 D1 C3 DQU1 VSSQ_3 DQL2 VSS_9 F2 P1
ARCLK0 ARCLK0 ARDQM2 ARDQM2
H8
DQL4 VSS_11
T9 T9
VSS_11 DQL4
H8 VSSQ_3 DQU1 ARDQ[26] C8 D8
F8
H3
DQL3 VSS_10
P9
T1
F8
DQL2
DQL3
VSS_9
VSS_10
P9
A21 B9
DQL5 VSS_12
G2 VSS_12 DQL5
G2 D8 C8 DQU2 VSSQ_4 DQL4 VSS_11 H3 T1
/ARCLK0 ARCLK0 ARDQS2 ARDQS2
H7
DQL6 DQL6
H7 VSSQ_4 DQU2 ARDQ[27] C2 E2
H8
DQL5 VSS_12
T9
H8
DQL4
DQL5
VSS_11
VSS_12
T9
A9
DQL7 G2
B1 B1
DQL7 E2 C2 DQU3 VSSQ_5 DQL6 G2
ARDQS2 /ARDQS2
D7
VSSQ_1
B9 B9
VSSQ_1
D7 VSSQ_5 DQU3 ARDQ[28] A7 E8
H7
DQL7
B1
H7
DQL6
DQL7 E18 C12 ARDQ[16-23]
DQU0 VSSQ_2
C3 D1 D1
VSSQ_2 DQU0
C3 E8 A7 DQU4 VSSQ_6 VSSQ_1 B1
ARODT ARODT ARDQ16
C8
DQU1 VSSQ_3
D8 D8
VSSQ_3 DQU1
C8 VSSQ_6 DQU4 ARDQ[29] A2 F9
D7
DQU0 VSSQ_2
B9
D7
DQU0
VSSQ_1
VSSQ_2
B9 +1.5V_DDR F17 D6
DQU2 VSSQ_4 C3 D1
C2 E2 E2
VSSQ_4 DQU2
C2 F9 A2 DQU5 VSSQ_7 DQU1 VSSQ_3 C3 D1
/ARRAS ARRAS ARDQ17
A7
DQU3 VSSQ_5
E8 E8
VSSQ_5 DQU3
A7 VSSQ_7 DQU5 ARDQ[30] B8 G1
C8
C2
DQU2 VSSQ_4
D8
E2
C8
DQU1
DQU2
VSSQ_3
VSSQ_4
D8
E17 B12
DQU4 VSSQ_6
A2 F9 F9
VSSQ_6 DQU4
A2 G1 B8 DQU6 VSSQ_8 DQU3 VSSQ_5 C2 E2
/ARCAS ARCAS ARDQ18
B8
DQU5 VSSQ_7
G1 G1
VSSQ_7 DQU5
B8 VSSQ_8 DQU6 ARDQ[31] A3 G9
A7
DQU4 VSSQ_6
E8
A7
DQU3
DQU4
VSSQ_5
VSSQ_6
E8
E16 C5
DQU6 VSSQ_8 A2 F9
A3
DQU7 VSSQ_9
G9 G9
VSSQ_8 DQU6
A3 G9 A3 DQU7 VSSQ_9 B8
DQU5 VSSQ_7
G1
A2
DQU5 VSSQ_7
F9 RVREF_A C746 /ARCS ARCS ARDQ19
VSSQ_9 DQU7
VSSQ_9 DQU7 A3
DQU6 VSSQ_8
G9
B8
DQU6 VSSQ_8
G1
R730 D14 C13
DQU7 VSSQ_9 A3
DQU7 VSSQ_9
G9
1K 0.1uF /ARWE ARWE ARDQ20
1% A5
DDR_SS ARDQ21
DDR_NANYA B14 A12
DDR_NANYA DDR_SS ARREST ARRESET ARDQ22
B5
DDR_HYNIX DDR_HYNIX R731 ARDQ23
1K C747 A13
1% ARBA0 ARBA0
0.1uF G11 E10
ARBA1 ARBA1 ARDQM3 ARDQM3
D16 C8
ARBA2 ARBA2 ARDQS3 ARDQS3
D8 ARDQ[24-31]
ARDQS3 /ARDQS3
F18 C6
+1.5V_DDR ARCSX ARDQ24
D10
ARA[14]C15 ARDQ25
D7
ARA[13]A15 ARA14 ARDQ26
C11
RVREF_B C748 ARA13 ARDQ27
ARA[12]F13 C7
R732 0.1uF
1K ARA[11]C14 ARA12 ARDQ28
1% C10
ARA[10]F11 ARA11 ARDQ29
B7
ARA[9] E15 ARA10 ARDQ30
B10
R733 ARA[8] D13 ARA9 ARDQ31
1K C749 AVDD3V3_MEMPLL
1% 0.1uF ARA[7] B15 ARA8
+1.5V_DDR ARA7
ARA[6] E14 N14 +3.3V_NORMAL
ARA[5] F16 ARA6 AVDD33_MEMPLL AVDD3V3_MEMPLL
N15
ARA[4] E13 ARA5 AVSS33_MEMPLL L700
C718 C720 C722 C724 C726 C728 C705 C707 ARA[3] B13 ARA4 BLM18PG121SN1D
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 10uF ARA3
10V ARA[2] A14 R1
ARA[1] F14 ARA2 DVSS_50 C700
P21 0.1uF
ARA[0] F15 ARA1 DVSS_48
ARA0
ARA[0-14]

+1.5V_DDR

C717 C719 C721 C723 C725 C727 C706 C708


1uF 10uF
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
10V IC105
LGE2112
RVREF_C

RVREF_D
P13 G2
RVREF_C BRDQM0 BRDQM0
V7 E4
RVREF_D BRDQS0 BRDQS0
E3
BRDQS0 /BRDQS0 BRDQ[0-7]
F4 A1
BRCLK0 BRCLK0 BRDQ0
F3 J1
/BRCLK0 BRCLK0 BRDQ1
B2
BRDQ2
V4 J2
BRCLK1 BRCLK1 BRDQ3
V3 C2
/BRCLK1 BRCLK1 BRDQ4
K1
BRDQ5
P6 A2
BRCKE BRCKE BRDQ6
+1.5V_DDR K2
IC702 H6
BRDQ7
H5TQ2G63BFR-PBC IC704 BRODT BRODT
H4 D1
+1.5V_DDR RVREF_C /BRRAS BRDQM1
B_RVREF6
H5TQ2G63BFR-PBC B_RVREF8 R726
C741
H5
BRRAS BRDQM1
F1
1K 0.1uF /BRCAS BRCAS BRDQS1 BRDQS1
+1.5V_DDR BRA[0-13] 1% K3 F2
/BRCS /BRDQS1 BRDQ[8-15]
M8 N3 BRA[0] BRA[0-13] BRCS BRDQS1
B_RVREF7 C739 J3
VREFCA A0 BRA[1] BRA[0] N3 BRDQ8
P7 M8 R724 0.1uF N1 B1
B_RVREF5 B_RVREF5 A1 A0 VREFCA 1K BRBA0 BRBA0 BRDQ9
C709 P3 BRA[2] BRA[1] P7 1% R727
R702 B_RVREF7 1K C742 P5 H3
0.1uF A2 BRA[2] A1 1% BRBA1 BRBA1 BRDQ10
1K H1 N2 BRA[3] P3 0.1uF K4 D3
1% VREFDQ A3 A2 BRBA2
P8 BRA[4] BRA[3] N2 H1 BRBA2 BRDQ11
A3 R725 G3
A4 BRA[4] VREFDQ BRDQ12
1% P2 BRA[5] P8 1K C740 L4 C1
A5 A4 1% 1% 0.1uF /BRWE BRWE BRDQ13
R703 R711 240 L8 R8 BRA[6] BRA[5] P2 240 BRA[0-14]
1K C710 A5 G4
1% ZQ A6 BRA[7] BRA[6] R717 BRDQ14
0.1uF +1.5V_DDR R2 R8 L8 +1.5V_DDR BRA[14] L5 D2
A7 BRA[7] R2 A6 ZQ BRA14 BRDQ15
T8 BRA[8] +1.5V_DDR BRA[13] M4
A8 BRA[8] T8 A7 BRA13
B2 R3 BRA[9] BRA[12] N5 Y1
VDD_1 A9 BRA[9] R3 A8 +1.5V_DDR RVREF_D C743 BRA12 BRDQM2 BRDQM2 BRDQ[16-23]
D9 L7 BRA[10] B2 BRA[11] M5 V2
+1.5V_DDR VDD_2 A10/AP A9 VDD_1 R728 0.1uF
G7 R7 BRA[11] BRA[10] L7 D9 1K BRA[10] BRA11 BRDQS2 BRDQS2
1% P4 V1
VDD_3 A11 BRA[11] R7 A10/AP VDD_2 BRA10 BRDQS2 /BRDQS2
K2 N7 BRA[12] G7 BRA[9] M3 T4
VDD_4 A12/BC A11 VDD_3 B_RVREF8 C737
K8 T3 BRA[13] BRA[12] N7 K2 R722 BRA[8] BRA9 BRDQ16
B_RVREF6 C711 0.1uF L6 AB4
VDD_5 A13 BRA[13] T3 A12/BC VDD_4 1K R729 BRA8 BRDQ17
R704 0.1uF N1 K8 1% BRA[7] L3 P2
1K VDD_6 A13 VDD_5 1K C744
1% N9 M7 N1 1% 0.1uF BRA[6] BRA7 BRDQ18
N4 AB3
VDD_7 A15 VDD_6 BRA6 BRDQ19
R1 M7 N9 BRA[5] K5 P3
VDD_8 A15 VDD_7 R723 BRA5 BRDQ20
R9 M2 R1 1K C738 BRA[4] N6 AB1
R705 VDD_9 BA0 BRBA0 VDD_8 1%
1K C712 N8 M2 R9 0.1uF BRA[3] BRA4 BRDQ21
1% BRBA1 BRBA0 BA0 N2 P1
0.1uF BA1 VDD_9 BRA3 BRDQ22
M3 N8 BRA[2] M1 AB2
BA2 BRBA2 BRCLK0 BRBA1 BA1
A1 M3 BRA[1] BRA2 BRDQ23
BRBA2 BA2 N3
VDDQ_1 BRCLK1 BRA1
A8 J7 A1 BRA[0] K6 U1
VDDQ_2 CK R713 VDDQ_1 BRDQM3
C1 K7 100 J7 A8 BRA0 BRDQM3
5% R715 CK W3
VDDQ_3 CK VDDQ_2 BRDQS3 BRDQS3
C9 K9 100 K7 C1 G5 W4
VDDQ_4 CKE BRCKE 5% CK VDDQ_3 +1.5V_DDR /BRDQS3 BRDQ[24-31]
D2 K9 C9 BRCSX BRDQS3
BRCKE CKE AA3
VDDQ_5 /BRCLK0 VDDQ_4 BRDQ24
E9 L2 D2 D5 U4
VDDQ_6 CS /BRCS /BRCLK1 VDDQ_5 DDRV_11 BRDQ25
F1 K1 L2 E9 E5 AA4
VDDQ_7 ODT BRODT /BRCS CS VDDQ_6
H2 J3 K1 F1 DDRV_13 BRDQ26
/BRRAS BRODT T5 T3
VDDQ_8 RAS ODT VDDQ_7 DDRV_38 BRDQ27
H9 K3 J3 H2 V5 Y3
VDDQ_9 CAS /BRCAS /BRRAS RAS VDDQ_8
L3 K3 H9 DDRV_42 BRDQ28
IC702-*1 /BRWE /BRCAS U5 U3
IC702-*2 WE CAS VDDQ_9 DDRV_40 BRDQ29
K4B2G1646C-HCK0
NT5CB128M16BP-DI J1 L3 IC704-*1 IC704-*2 E6 Y2
NC_1 /BRWE WE NT5CB128M16BP-DI K4B2G1646C-HCK0
J9 T2 J1 DDRV_14 BRDQ30
BRREST F6 U2 +1.5V_DDR
N3 M8
M8
VREFCA A0
N3 NC_2 RESET NC_1 DDRV_18 BRDQ31
P7
A0 VREFCA
A1
P7 L1 T2 J9 N3 M8 N3 M8 G6
A1 P3 NC_3 BRREST RESET NC_2 P7
A0 VREFCA A0 VREFCA
P3
H1
A2
N2 L9 L1 A1
P7
A1 DDRV_23
N2
A2
H1 VREFDQ A3 P3 P3 U6 M2
P8
A3 VREFDQ
A4
P8 NC_4 NC_3 N2
A2
H1 N2
A2
H1 DDRV_41 BRRESET BRREST
P2
A4
A5
P2 T7 F3 L9 P8
A3 VREFDQ
P8
A3 VREFDQ
T6
R8
A5
L8
L8
ZQ A6
R8 BRA[14] NC_6 DQSL BRDQS0 NC_4 P2
A4
P2
A4
DDRV_39
R2
A6 ZQ
A7
R2 G3 F3 T7 R8
A5
L8 R8
A5
L8 AC5 E23
A7 T8 DQSL /BRDQS0 BRDQS2 DQSL NC_6 BRA[14] R2
A6 ZQ A6 ZQ
T8
B2
A8
R3 G3 A7
R2
A7 DDRV_48 DDRV_16
R3
A8
A9 VDD_1
B2
D9
VDD_1 A9
L7 /BRDQS2 DQSL
T8
A8
T8
A8
F7 F24
R3 B2
L7 D9
G7
VDD_2 A10/AP
R7 A9 C7 A9 VDD_1
R3
A9 VDD_1
B2 DDRV_19 DDRV_22
R7
A10/AP VDD_2
G7 VDD_3 A11
BRDQS1
L7
A10/AP VDD_2
D9 L7 D9 G7 G24
N7
A11 VDD_3
K2
K2
VDD_4 A12
N7 VSS_1 DQSU R7 G7 R7
A10/AP VDD_2
G7 DDRV_24 DDRV_29
T3
A12/BC VDD_4
K8
K8
VDD_5 NC_6
T3 B3 B7 C7 A9 N7
A11 VDD_3
K2 N7
A11 VDD_3
K2 AC6 F23
A13 VDD_5 N1 VSS_2 DQSU /BRDQS1 BRDQS3 DQSU VSS_1 T3
A12 VDD_4
K8 A12/BC VDD_4
N1
N9
VDD_6
M7 E1 B7 B3 NC_6 VDD_5
T3
A13 VDD_5
K8 DDRV_49 DDRV_21
M7
VDD_6
N9 VDD_7 NC_5
/BRDQS3 DQSU
N1 N1 N7 G23
NC_5 VDD_7
R1
R1
VDD_8 VSS_3 VSS_2 M7
VDD_6
N9 M7
VDD_6
N9 DDRV_36 DDRV_28
M2
VDD_8
R9
R9
VDD_9 BA0
M2 G8 E7 E1 NC_5 VDD_7
R1 NC_5 VDD_7
R1 P7 E24
N8
BA0 VDD_9
BA1
N8 VSS_4 DML BRDQM0 VSS_3 M2
VDD_8
R9 M2
VDD_8
R9 DDRV_37 DDRV_17
M3
BA1
BA2
M3 J2 D3 E7 G8 N8
BA0 VDD_9
N8
BA0 VDD_9
V6 E12
BA2 A1 VSS_5 DMU BRDQM1 BRDQM2 DML VSS_4 M3
BA1 BA1
A1
A8
VDDQ_1
J7 J8 D3 J2 BA2
M3
BA2 DDRV_43 DVSS_15
J7
VDDQ_1
A8 VDDQ_2 CK BRDQ[0-7] BRDQM3 DMU
A1 A1 J10 F12
K7
CK VDDQ_2
C1
C1
VDDQ_3 CK
K7 VSS_6 VSS_5 J7
VDDQ_1
A8 J7
VDDQ_1
A8 DDRV_35 DVSS_23
CK VDDQ_3 C9 K9 M1 E3 J8 K7
CK VDDQ_2
C1 CK VDDQ_2
H10 A18
K9 C9
D2
VDDQ_4 CKE
VSS_7 DQL0 BRDQ[16-23] VSS_6 CK VDDQ_3
K7
CK VDDQ_3
C1
CKE VDDQ_4
D2
E9
VDDQ_5
L2 M9 F7 BRDQ[16] E3 M1
K9
CKE VDDQ_4
C9 K9
CKE VDDQ_4
C9 DDRV_32 DVSS_1
L2
VDDQ_5
E9 VDDQ_6 CS
DQL0
D2 D2 H13 B18
K1
CS VDDQ_6
F1
F1
VDDQ_7 ODT
K1 VSS_8 DQL1 BRDQ[17] VSS_7 L2
VDDQ_5
E9 L2
VDDQ_5
E9 DDRV_33 DVSS_3
J3
ODT VDDQ_7
H2
H2
VDDQ_8 RAS
J3 P1 F2 F7 M9 K1
CS VDDQ_6
F1 K1
CS VDDQ_6
F1 E20 C18
K3
RAS VDDQ_8
H9
H9
VDDQ_9 CAS
K3 VSS_9 DQL2 BRDQ[18] DQL1 VSS_8 J3
ODT VDDQ_7
H2 J3
ODT VDDQ_7
H2 DDRV_15 DVSS_5
L3
CAS VDDQ_9
WE
L3 P9 F8 F2 P1 K3
RAS VDDQ_8
H9 K3
RAS VDDQ_8
H9 F20 D18
WE
J1
J1
NC_1 VSS_10 DQL3 BRDQ[19] DQL2 VSS_9 L3
CAS VDDQ_9
L3
CAS VDDQ_9
DDRV_20 DVSS_9
T2
NC_1
J9
J9
NC_2 RESET
T2 T1 H3 F8 P9 WE
J1 WE
J1 G20 E19
RESET NC_2
L1
L1
NC_3 VSS_11 DQL4 BRDQ[20] DQL3 VSS_10 T2
NC_1
J9 T2
NC_1
J9 DDRV_27 DVSS_16
NC_3
L9
L9
NC_4
T9 H8 H3 T1 RESET NC_2
L1 RESET NC_2
L1 G15 F19
F3
NC_4
T7
T7
NC_7 DQSL
F3 VSS_12 DQL5 BRDQ[21] DQL4 VSS_11 NC_3
L9 NC_3
L9 DDRV_25 DVSS_24
G3
DQSL NC_6
DQSL
G3 G2 H8 T9 F3
NC_4
T7 F3
NC_4
T7 G18 G19
DQSL DQL6 BRDQ[22] DQL5 VSS_12 G3
DQSL NC_7
G3
DQSL NC_6
DDRV_26 DVSS_31
C7 A9
A9
VSS_1 DQSU
C7 H7 G2 DQSL DQSL
D25 G22
B7
DQSU VSS_1
B3
B3
VSS_2 DQSU
B7 DQL7 BRDQ[23] DQL6 C7 A9 C7 A9 DDRV_12 DVSS_32
DQSU VSS_2
E1
E1
VSS_3
B1 BRDQ[8-15] H7 B7
DQSU VSS_1
B3 B7
DQSU VSS_1
B3 C25 E25
E7
VSS_3
G8
G8
VSS_4 DML
E7 VSSQ_1 DQL7 DQSU VSS_2
E1 DQSU VSS_2
E1 DDRV_9 DVSS_19
D3
DML VSS_4
J2
J2
VSS_5 DMU
D3 B9 D7 BRDQ[24-31] B1 E7
VSS_3
G8 E7
VSS_3
G8 B25 A26
DMU VSS_5
J8
J8
VSS_6 VSSQ_2 DQU0 BRDQ[24] VSSQ_1 D3
DML VSS_4
J2 D3
DML VSS_4
J2 DDRV_6 DVSS_2
E3
VSS_6
M1
M1
VSS_7 DQL0
E3 D1 C3 D7 B9 DMU VSS_5
J8 DMU VSS_5
J8 A25 B26
F7
DQL0 VSS_7
M9
M9
VSS_8 DQL1
F7 VSSQ_3 DQU1 BRDQ[25] DQU0 VSSQ_2 E3
VSS_6
M1 E3
VSS_6
M1 DDRV_3 DVSS_4
F2
DQL1 VSS_8
P1
P1
VSS_9 DQL2
F2 D8 C8 C3 D1 F7
DQL0 VSS_7
M9 F7
DQL0 VSS_7
M9 H7 C26
F8
DQL2 VSS_9
P9
P9
VSS_10 DQL3
F8 VSSQ_4 DQU2 BRDQ[26] DQU1 VSSQ_3 F2
DQL1 VSS_8
P1 F2
DQL1 VSS_8
P1 DDRV_30 DVSS_6
H3
DQL3 VSS_10
T1
T1
VSS_11 DQL4
H3 E2 C2 C8 D8 F8
DQL2 VSS_9
P9 F8
DQL2 VSS_9
P9 H8 D26
H8
DQL4 VSS_11
T9
T9
VSS_12 DQL5
H8 VSSQ_5 DQU3 BRDQ[27] DQU2 VSSQ_4 H3
DQL3 VSS_10
T1 H3
DQL3 VSS_10
T1 DDRV_31 DVSS_10
G2
DQL5 VSS_12
DQL6
G2 E8 A7 C2 E2 H8
DQL4 VSS_11
T9 H8
DQL4 VSS_11
T9 J8
H7
DQL6
DQL7
H7 VSSQ_6 DQU4 BRDQ[28] DQU3 VSSQ_5 G2
DQL5 VSS_12
G2
DQL5 VSS_12
DDRV_34
DQL7
B1
B1
VSSQ_1
F9 A2 A7 E8 H7
DQL6
H7
DQL6

D7
VSSQ_1
B9
B9
VSSQ_2 DQU0
D7 VSSQ_7 DQU5 BRDQ[29] DQU4 VSSQ_6 DQL7
B1 DQL7
B1
C3
DQU0 VSSQ_2
D1
D1
VSSQ_3 DQU1
C3 G1 B8 A2 F9 D7
VSSQ_1
B9 D7
VSSQ_1
B9
C8
DQU1 VSSQ_3
D8
D8
VSSQ_4 DQU2
C8 VSSQ_8 DQU6 BRDQ[30] DQU5 VSSQ_7 C3
DQU0 VSSQ_2
D1 C3
DQU0 VSSQ_2
D1
C2
DQU2 VSSQ_4
E2
E2
VSSQ_5 DQU3
C2 G9 A3 B8 G1 C8
DQU1 VSSQ_3
D8 C8
DQU1 VSSQ_3
D8
A7
DQU3 VSSQ_5
E8
E8
VSSQ_6 DQU4
A7 VSSQ_9 DQU7 BRDQ[31] DQU6 VSSQ_8 C2
DQU2 VSSQ_4
E2 C2
DQU2 VSSQ_4
E2
A2
DQU4 VSSQ_6
F9
F9
VSSQ_7 DQU5
A2 A3 G9 A7
DQU3 VSSQ_5
E8 A7
DQU3 VSSQ_5
E8
B8
DQU5 VSSQ_7
G1
G1
VSSQ_8 DQU6
B8 DQU7 VSSQ_9 A2
DQU4 VSSQ_6
F9 A2
DQU4 VSSQ_6
F9
DQU6 VSSQ_8 G9 A3 DQU5 VSSQ_7 DQU5 VSSQ_7
A3 G9 VSSQ_9 DQU7 B8 G1 B8 G1
DQU7 VSSQ_9 DQU6 VSSQ_8 DQU6 VSSQ_8
A3 G9 A3 G9
DQU7 VSSQ_9 DQU7 VSSQ_9

DDR_SS DDR_NANYA DDR_HYNIX


DDR_HYNIX DDR_NANYA DDR_SS

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS 2011.12.09
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. DDR ONE SIDE 12

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
CI_A_DATA[0-7] CI_DATA[0-7]

CI_A_DATA[0] AR904 0 CI CI_DATA[0]


CI_A_DATA[1] CI_DATA[1]
CI DETECT CI_A_DATA[2] CI_DATA[2]
CI_A_DATA[3] CI_DATA[3]
CI_A_DATA[4] AR905 0 CI CI_DATA[4]
+3.3V_NORMAL CI_A_DATA[5] CI_DATA[5]
CI TS INPUT CI_A_DATA[6] CI_DATA[6]
CI_A_DATA[7] CI_DATA[7]
Close to MT5369
R910 R914 +5V_CI_ON
MT5369_TS_OUT[0-7] AR902 CI_MDI[0-7] 10K 10K
47 CI CI
MT5369_TS_OUT[0] CI CI_MDI[0]
MT5369_TS_OUT[1] CI_MDI[1] R929 R930
10K R933 R934 R935 R936
MT5369_TS_OUT[2] CI_MDI[2] /CI_CD1 47K 10K
CI 10K 10K 10K
CI OPT
MT5369_TS_OUT[3] CI_MDI[3] OPT CI
/CI_CD2 CI

CI /PCM_WAIT
MT5369_TS_OUT[4] CI_MDI[4]
MT5369_TS_OUT[5] CI_MDI[5] +3.3V_NORMAL PCM_INPACK CI_A_ADDR[0-14] CI_ADDR[0-14]
MT5369_TS_OUT[6] CI_MDI[6]
MT5369_TS_OUT[7] CI_MDI[7] CI_VS1
CI_A_ADDR[0] AR906 0 CI CI_ADDR[0]
AR903 R906 R913 R918 R919 R923 R924 /PCM_REG CI_A_ADDR[1] CI_ADDR[1]
47 10K 47K 47K 47K 10K 10K CI_A_ADDR[2] CI_ADDR[2]
OPT CI CI CI OPT OPT /PCM_CE2 CI_A_ADDR[3] CI_ADDR[3]
PCM_RST
R907 47 CI_A_ADDR[4] AR907 0 CI CI_ADDR[4]
MT5369_MISTRT CI_IN_TS_SYNC R900 /PCM_IRQA
R908 10K CI_A_ADDR[5] CI_ADDR[5]
47 CI_IN_TS_VAL
MT5369_MIVAL_ERR OPT CI_A_ADDR[6] CI_ADDR[6]
MT5369_MCLKI R909 47
CI_IN_TS_CLK CI_A_ADDR[7] CI_ADDR[7]
CI_A_ADDR[8] AR908 0 CI CI_ADDR[8]
C902
Close to MT5369 CI_A_ADDR[9] CI_ADDR[9]
12pF 22 R931
50V CI_VS1 CI_A_ADDR[10] CI_ADDR[10]
OPT
Close to CI Slot CI_A_VS1
OPT CI_A_ADDR[11] CI_ADDR[11]
CI_A_ADDR[12]AR909 0 CI CI_ADDR[12]
R932 22
CI_A_ADDR[13] CI_ADDR[13]
/PCM_A_REG /PCM_REG
OPT CI_A_ADDR[14] CI_ADDR[14]
CI TS OUTPUT
/PCM_IORD
/PCM_IOWR
MT5369_TS_IN[0-7] Close to CI Slot CI_TS_DATA[0-7]
/PCM_OE
MT5369_TS_IN[0] AR900 47 CI CI_TS_DATA[0]
MT5369_TS_IN[1] /PCM_WE
CI_TS_DATA[1]
MT5369_TS_IN[2]
CI_TS_DATA[2] /PCM_CE1
MT5369_TS_IN[3]
CI_TS_DATA[3]

MT5369_TS_IN[4] AR901 47 CI CI_TS_DATA[4]


MT5369_TS_IN[5] CI_TS_DATA[5]
MT5369_TS_IN[6] CI_TS_DATA[6]
MT5369_TS_IN[7]
CI_TS_DATA[7]

Close to CI Slot
+5V_CI_ON
R915 47 CI
MT5369_TS_CLK CI_TS_CLK
R916 47 CI
MT5369_TS_VAL CI_TS_VAL
R917 47 CI
MT5369_TS_SYNC CI_TS_SYNC
C900
C904 C905 JK900 CI_A_DATA[0-7]
12pF 0.1uF 10uF
50V 10V 10118309-015LF
Close to MT5369 OPT
CI
CI CI

GND 35 1 GND
R927 100 /CI_DET1 36 2 DAT3 CI_A_DATA[3]
/CI_CD1 /PCM_CE1
CI TS_OUT3 37 3 DAT4 CI_A_DATA[4]
CI_TS_DATA[3]
TS_OUT4 38 4 DAT5 CI_A_DATA[5]
CI_TS_DATA[4]
TS_OUT5 39 5 DAT6 CI_A_DATA[6]
CI_TS_DATA[5]
TS_OUT6 40 6 DAT6 CI_A_DATA[7]
CI_TS_DATA[6]
TS_OUT7 41 7 /CARD_EN1 CI R939 22
CI_TS_DATA[7]
R911 22 CARD_EN2 42 8 ADDR10
/PCM_IORD /PCM_CE2 CI_A_ADDR[10]
VS1 43 9 /O_EN
/PCM_IOWR CI_VS1
R912 22 IORD 44 10 ADDR11
CI_A_ADDR[11]
CI_MDI[0-7] IOWR 45 11 ADDR10
CI_A_ADDR[9]
TS_IN_SYN 46 12 ADDR8
CI_A_ADDR[8]
CI_MDI[0] TS_IN0 47 13 ADDR13
CI_A_ADDR[13] R941 22
CI_MDI[1] TS_IN1 48 14 ADDR14
CI_A_ADDR[14] /PCM_OE
CI_MDI[2] TS_IN2 /WR_EN R942 22
49 15
/PCM_WE
CI_MDI[3] TS_IN3 50 16 /IRQA R940 22 CI
/PCM_IRQA
VCC 51 17 VCC C906 0.1uF C907
CI
CI 0.1uF
R926 0 OPT VPP 52 18 VPP R938 0 OPT 16V
CI_MDI[4] TS_IN4 53 19 TS_IN_VAL
CI_MDI[5] TS_IN5 54 20 TS_IN_CLK
CI_MDI[6] TS_IN6 55 21 ADDR12
CI_A_ADDR[12]
CI_MDI[7] TS_IN7 56 22 ADDR7
CI_A_ADDR[7]
TS_OUT_CLK 57 23 ADDR6
CI_TS_CLK CI_A_ADDR[6]
R921 22 CI CI_RESET 58 24 ADDR5
PCM_RST CI_A_ADDR[5]
R922 22 CI CI_WAIT 59 25 ADDR4
/PCM_WAIT CI_A_ADDR[4]
R920 22 OPT INPACK 60 26 ADDR3
PCM_INPACK CI_A_ADDR[3]
REG 61 27 ADDR2
/PCM_A_REG CI_A_ADDR[2]
TS_OUT_VAL 62 28 ADDR1
CI_TS_VAL CI_A_ADDR[1]
TS_OUT_SYN 63 29 ADDR0
CI_TS_SYNC CI_A_ADDR[0]
TS_OUT0 64 30 DAT0 CI_A_DATA[0]
CI_TS_DATA[0]
TS_OUT1 65 31 DAT1 CI_A_DATA[1] +5V_CI_ON
CI_TS_DATA[1]
TS_OUT2 66 32 DAT2 CI_A_DATA[2]
CI_TS_DATA[2]
/CI_CD2 R928 CI 100 /CI_DET2 67 33 /IO_BIT R937 10K
GND 68 34 GND OPT
R925 0 G2 69 G1

CI_IN_TS_VAL
CI_IN_TS_CLK
CI_IN_TS_SYNC

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS MID_MAIN_CI 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 13

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
FROM LIPS & POWER B/D +12V TYP 1450mA
+3.5V_ST

R2408
MMBT3906(NXP)
Q2401
L2408
BLM18SG121TN1D
PANEL_POWER
1 3
RL_ON 10K OPT PANEL_VCC
Q2407
2 P2400 AO3407A
R2401 +24V C2433

MTK_NON_EPI
FW20020-24S

D
R2442-*1
10K C2432 0.1uF

MTK_EPI
0.01uF

R2442
50V 50V

33K

10K
L2403
PWR ON 1 2 24V G

PANEL_DISCHARGE_REG
CIS21J121

PANEL_DISCHARGE_REG
24V 3 4 24V C2435 C2440
GND GND 4.7uF 1uF
+3.5V_ST 5 6

R2451

R2452
C2413 25V

1/8W
L2402

1/8W
50V C2443

2K

2K
GND GND OPT

MTK_NON_EPI
CIS21J121 7 8 0.1uF

R2441-*1
0.1uF
3.5V 9 10 3.5V 50V

MTK_EPI
50V

R2441
5.6K

1.8K
3.5V 11 12 3.5V
R2423 0 +3.3V_NORMAL
C2406 GND GND L/DIM0_VS
0.1uF 13 14 R2426
POWER_16_VSYNC
16V GND 15 16 GND/V-sync R2425 1K
100 INV_CTL C
12V 17 18 INV ON R2437
12V A.DIM 10K B Q2406
19 20 A_DIM PANEL_CTL
MMBT3904(NXP)
+12V 12V 21 22 P.DIM1
L2401 PWM_DIM1
GND/P.DIM2 23 24 Err OUT E
CIS21J121 PWM_DIM2
POWER_16_GND

POWER_24_GND
R2420

C2401
0

25
0.1uF
50V SMAW200-H24S2
0

+3.3V_NORMAL
R2422

P2401

R2424
#16/#20/#23 4.7K
LD - GND OR USE OPT
LE(N.L.D.) - OPEN R2405
LE(L.D.) - USE 22
ERROR_OUT

POWER_24_ERROR_OUT

Power_DET
+12V +3.5V_ST R2417
+5V_Normal
100K +3.5V_ST +12V +5V_NORMAL

OPT R2421
R2410 R2413 10K L2407
IC2402
2.7K
1%
0
5% NCP803SN293
OPT BLM18PG121SN1D DEV_DCDC_TPS54327
R2419 POWER_DET
VCC RESET 100
3 2

C2411 1
0.1uF C2415
GND
R2409 16V 10uF IC2404
1.2K 16V TPS54327DDAR [EP]GND
1% C2412
0.1uF POWER_ON/OFF2_3
16V R2435
10K EN VIN
1 8
C24001
THERMAL

OPT 0.1uF
R1 1% 16V VFB VBST C2429
R2416
9

+24V 2 7
100K
R2415 0.1uF L2409 +3.3V_NORMAL
not to RESET at 8kV ESD
OPT 16V 3.6uH L2413
56K VREG5 SW
On-semi R2412
8.2K
5%
IC2401
NCP803SN293
C2416
100pF
50V
3 6
NR8040T3R6N BLM18PG121SN1D
CN
SS GND C2430
OPT
VCC 3 2 RESET
R2418
100
R2439
4
3A 5
22uF
10V
+3.5V_ST
L2412
+3.3V_TU_IN
POWER_ON/OFF1
R2411 1 OPT 10K C2417 C2428 POWER_ON/OFF2_1
1.5K C2410 24V-->3.48V R2 POWER_ON/OFF2_2
GND 1uF 3300pF BLM18PG121SN1D C2436
1% 0.1uF 12V-->3.58V 1%
10V 50V
NON_CN
0.1uF POWER_ON/OFF2_3
OPT 50V
OPT ST_3.5V-->3.5V 16V POWER_ON/OFF2_4

DDR MAIN 1.5V


+1.2V_MTK_CORE
POWER_ON/OFF2_1
+12V
R2430

+12V
MAX 3.4 A
+3.3V_NORMAL
10K

L2404 C2420
L2400 IC2400 2uH
AOZ1038PI [EP]LX L2410 IC2405
BLM18PG121SN1D
0.1uF BLM18PG121SN1D [EP]PGND TPS54425PWPR +3.3V_NORMAL
*NOTE 17 +3.5V_ST C2423
PGND
1 8
NC_2 16V
OPT
R2404

0.1uF
THERMAL

R24000 C2407 C2408 C2409 C2414 C2441


Placed on SMD-TOP
5.6K
1%

VIN NC_1 10uF 10uF 10uF 10uF 3300pF +1.5V_DDR


9

VIN2 VO
EP[GND]

2 7
10V 10V 10V 10V 50V 14 1
C2405 OPT 16V R2
VIN_3

PWRGD

THERMAL

AGND EN
BOOT

3 6 4700pF L2405
C2400 C2402 C2403 R2402 R1 R2428
EN

50V BLM18PG121SN1D
15

10uF 10uF 0.1uF FB COMP 3.3K VIN1 VFB 10K


16V 16V 16V 4 5
C2431 13 2
OPT L2406 10uF 1%
16

15

14

13

3.6uH 16V
VIN_1 1 12 PH_3 VBST VREG5
R2406

12 3
THERMAL NR8040T3R6N
10K

C2438
1%

VIN_2 PH_2
R2403 POWER_ON/OFF1 R2
C2448 C2418
10uF
C2419
0.1uF
2 17 11
C2424 C2425 C2446 C2447
C2427
SW2
4A SS
1uF
10V
C2404 10K 10uF GND_1 PH_1 0.1uF C2434 11 4
10V 16V 3 IC2403 10 10uF 10uF 10uF 10uF
10V 16V
0.1uF
GND_2
TPS54319TRE
SS/TR
C2422 10V 10V 10V 10V 0.1uF R1
16V 4 9 50V C2445
3A 0.01uF
SW1
10 5
GND R2427
33K 22pF
47K 1%

1%
R2434

C2426 C2439 50V


5

50V R2407
100pF 100K 3300pF
50V PGND2 PG 50V
AGND

VSENSE

COMP

RT/CLK

9 6
R2432
1/16W 330K 5%
R1
PGND1 EN R2414 10K
R2431 C2421 8 7
15K 4700pF
Vout=0.8*(1+R1/R2) 1/16W 5% 50V
C2437
0.1uF
POWER_ON/OFF2_2
+3.3V_NORMAL
L2411
2uH
R2433
56K R2
1/16W C2442 C2444
3A $ 0.145 1% 22uF
10V
22uF
10V

Vout=0.827*(1+R1/R2)=1.521V
Vout=(0.763+0.0017*Vout.set)*(1+R1/R2)

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS MID_POWER 2011.11.25
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 24

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
Renesas MICOM +3.3V_NORMAL

R3035
4.7K
OPT

For Debug 12V_EXT_PWR_DET

HDMI_WAUP:HDMI_INIT

10K
+3.5V_ST

R3000
FLG_POD_DR

COMMERCIAL_12V_CTL
8pF

8pF
POD_WAKEUP_N
MICOM_DEBUG

/RST_DIIVA
R3014 1K
R3011 10K

C3002

C3003
Don’t remove R3014,

MICOM_DEBUG
MICOM_DEBUG
/RST_DIIVA

MICOM_RESET
P3000
12507WS-12L
not making float P40 POD_WAKEUP_N
FLG_POD_DR X3000
22

1
MICOM_DIIVA

32.768KHz
22

2
MICOM_DIIVA

for DiiVA R3023 +3.5V_ST


R3002

3
4.7M
R3001

4 OPT
5
MICOM_DEBUG

10K
22
MICOM_DIIVA
6

R3025

R3026
8
MICOM_RESET_SW
GND SW3000
+3.5V_ST
9
MICOM_RESET JTP-1127WEM
2 1
22

10

R3027

270K
EXT_AMP_MUTE

OPT
C3004
P124/XT2/EXCLKS
0.47uF

11
0.1uF
4 3
16V
R3024

12
EXT_AMP_RESET
P122/X2/EXCLK

P41/TI07/TO07
13 C3000
0.1uF COMMERCIAL_12V_CTL
C3001

12V_EXT_PWR_DET
P137/INTP0

P120/ANI19
P40/TOOL0
P123/XT1
P121/X1

+3.3V_NORMAL
SCART_MUTE
RESET
REGC
VDD
VSS

R3032 R3033
10K 10K POWER_ON/OFF2_4
AMP_RESET_BY_MICOM
GP4 High/MID Power SEQUENCE
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37

P60/SCLA0 1 36 P140/PCLBUZ0/INTP6 RL_ON


+3.3V_NORMAL
I2C_SCL3
POWER_ON/OFF! P61/SDAA0 P00/TI00/TXD1
I2C_SDA3
2 35 SCART_MUTE R3037
P62 P01/TO00/RXD1 For Japan:LNB_INIT 10K
AMP_RESET_N
R3003 22
3 34 POWER_ON/OFF2_4 OPT

POWER_ON/OFF2_1
AMP_RESET_BY_MICOM P63 4 33 P130
PANEL_CTL
P31/TI03/TO03/INTP4 IC3000 P20/ANI0/AVREFP
POWER_ON/OFF2_1

MODEL1_OPT_5
5 32 KEY2

IR
P75/KR5/INTP9/SCK01/SCL01 6 R5F100GEAFB 31 P21/ANI1/AVREFM
POWER_ON/OFF2_2 KEY1
P74/KR4/INTP8/SI01/SDA01 7 30 P22/ANI2 +3.3V_NORMAL
HDMI_CEC MODEL1_OPT_2
P73/KR3/SO01 MICOM P23/ANI3
POWER_ON/OFF2_3 POWER_ON/OFF2_2 8 29 MODEL1_OPT_1
R3036

POWER_ON/OFF2_3 POWER_ON/OFF2_3
P72/KR2/SO21 9 28 P24/ANI4 10K
MODEL1_OPT_0
OPT
P71/KR1/SI21/SDA21 10 27 P25/ANI5
POWER_ON/OFF2_4 EEPROM_SDA SIDE_HP_MUTE

EEPROM_SCL
P70/KR0/SCK21/SCL21 11 26 P26/ANI6
MODEL1_OPT_4
P30/INTP3/RTC1HZ/SCK11/SCL11 12 25 P27/ANI7
MODEL1_OPT_6 MODEL1_OPT_3
SOC_RESET
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

R3018 R3019
3.3K 3.3K
P50/INTP1/SI11/SDA11
P51/INTP2/SO11
P17/TI02/TO02
P16/TI01/TO01/INTP5
P15/PCLBUZ1/SCK20/SCL20
P14/RXD2/SI20/SDA20
P13/TXD2/SO20
P12/SO00/TXD0/TOOLTXD
P11/SI00/RXD0/TOOLRXD/SDA00
P10/SCK00/SCL00
P146
P147/ANI18

+3.5V_ST

MICOM MODEL OPTION


MICOM MODEL OPTION
0 1
+3.5V_ST
MODEL_OPT_0 NON DIVA DIVA For China
MICOM_OLED_MAIN

MICOM_OLED_FRC
R3005-*1

R3005-*2

NON JAPAN JAPAN


MICOM_TOUCH_KEY

MODEL_OPT_1 For JAPAN


MICOM_GP4_10PIN

10K

10K

10K

10K
MICOM_JAPAN

MICOM_DIIVA
10K

10K

10K

56K

22K
MICOM_PDP
MICOM_GED

MICOM_MHL

TACT_KEY TOUCH_KEY
MODEL_OPT_2
R3005

R3007

R3009

R3012
R3016

R3020

R3030

MODEL_OPT_3 LCD / OLED PDP

MODEL1_OPT_0
10K

IR Wafer IR Wafer
MODEL1_OPT_1
MODEL_OPT_4
MODEL1_OPT_2 12/15Pin 10Pin For Sample Set
MODEL1_OPT_3 (GP3_Soft touch) (GP4_TOOL)
R3022

MODEL1_OPT_4

MODEL1_OPT_5 MODEL_OPT_5 NON_MHL MHL GP4_HIGH


MODEL1_OPT_6

MODEL_OPT_6 NON_GED GED


POWER_DET

SOC_RX
SOC_RESET

INV_CTL
LOGO_LIGHT

EXT_AMP_RESET
LOGO_LIGHT

AMP_MUTE
LED_B/GP4_LED_R

SOC_TX

EXT_AMP_MUTE

+3.3V_NORMAL
For CEC
MICOM_GP3_12/15PIN

MICOM_NON_JAPAN

MICOM_NON_DIIVA
MICOM_LCD/OLED

MICOM_TACT_KEY
MICOM_NON_GED

MICOM_NON_MHL

10K

10K

10K

10K
10K

10K

10K

R3034
4.7K
R3006

R3008

R3010

R3013
R3017

R3021

R3031

OPT

Eye Sensor Option POWER_ON/OFF1

EDID_WP
C +3.5V_ST
MODEL_OPT_4 B Q3000
0 1 MMBT3904(NXP)
EDID_WP
MODEL_OPT_2 E

R3028 R3029
N/A MC8101_ABOV
0 27K 120K
G

(TACT_KEY)
D3000
BAT54_SUZHO
CM3231_CAPELLA CEC_REMOTE HDMI_CEC
1 CM3231_CAPELLA
D

(GP3 Soft touch) (GP4 Soft touch) Q3001


RUE003N02
G

HDMI_CEC_FET_ROHM
Q3001-*1
SI1012CR-T1-GE3
D

HDMI_CEC_FET_VISHAY

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS 2011.12.12
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. MICOM 30

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
5V_HDMI_4_JACK

5V_HDMI_3_JACK

BODY_SHIELD

R3310 R3312
1K 4.7K R3330 R3336
GND 1K 4.7K
BODY_SHIELD
C
20 R3311
1K C R3331
R3307 Q3301 B 20
HP_DET HDMI_HPD_4_JACK Q3303 B 1K
100K
MMBT3904(NXP) HP_DET R3327 HDMI_HPD_3_JACK
19 100K
MMBT3904(NXP)
5V E 19
5V
18 E
GND 18
GND
17
DDC_DATA R3308 100 17
DDC_SDA_4_JACK DDC_DATA R3328 100
16 DDC_SDA_3_JACK
DDC_CLK R3309 100 16
DDC_SCL_4_JACK DDC_CLK R3329 100
15
ARC R3300 15 DDC_SCL_3_JACK
NC
14 0
CE_REMOTE 14
CEC_REMOTE CE_REMOTE
13 CEC_REMOTE
CK- 13
CK-_HDMI4_JACK CK-
12 CK-_HDMI3_JACK
CK_GND 12
CK_GND
EAG62611201

11
EAG62611201

CK+ 11
10 CK+_HDMI4_JACK CK+
HDMI_ARC 10 CK+_HDMI3_JACK
D0-
9 D0-_HDMI4_JACK D0-
9 D0-_HDMI3_JACK
D0_GND
8 D0_GND
8 5V_HDMI_3_JACK +5V_NORMAL
D0+ 5V_HDMI_1_SOC +5V_NORMAL
7 D0+_HDMI4_JACK D0+
7 D0+_HDMI3_JACK
D1-
6 D1-_HDMI4_JACK D1-
6 D1-_HDMI3_JACK
D1_GND

A1

A2
A1

A2

5 D1_GND
5 IC3300 MMBD6100
D1+ MMBD6100
4 D1+_HDMI4_JACK D1+ D3302
4 M24C02-RMN6T D3300
D1+_HDMI3_JACK

C
D2-
C

3 D2-_HDMI4_JACK D2-
3 D2-_HDMI3_JACK
D2_GND
2 D2_GND E0 VCC
2 1 8
D2+
1 D2+ C3300 C3302
D2+_HDMI4_JACK 0.1uF 0.1uF
1 D2+_HDMI3_JACK E1 WC 16V 16V R3337 R3339
2 7 EDID_WP R3323 R3325
47K 47K 47K 47K
HDMI_EXT_EDID R3319
E2 SCL 22
RSD-105156-100 JK3303 3 6 DDC_SCL_1_SOC DDC_SCL_3_JACK
HDMI_EXT_EDID
JK3301
UI : HDMI1 RSD-105156-100
VSS SDA
R3320
22
4 5
UI : HDMI3 HDMI_EXT_EDID
DDC_SDA_1_SOC DDC_SDA_3_JACK

5V_HDMI_2_JACK +5V_NORMAL 5V_HDMI_4_JACK +5V_NORMAL


A1

A2

A1

A2

MMBD6100 MMBD6100
5V_HDMI_2_JACK 5V_HDMI_1_SOC D3301 D3303
C

C3301 C3303
R3316 R3318 R3304 R3306 0.1uF 0.1uF
1K 4.7K 1K 4.7K 16V 16V
BODY_SHIELD BODY_SHIELD HDMI_INTERNAL_EDID R3324 R3326 R3338 R3340
47K 47K 47K 47K
C C
20 R3317 20 R3305
Q3302 B 1K Q3300 B 1K
HP_DET R3313 HDMI_HPD_2_JACK HP_DET R3301 HDMI_HPD_1_SOC DDC_SCL_2_JACK DDC_SCL_4_JACK
100K
MMBT3904(NXP) MMBT3904(NXP)
100K
19 19
5V 5V R3321
E E
4.7K DDC_SDA_2_JACK
18 18 DDC_SDA_4_JACK
GND GND HDMI_EXT_EDID
17 17
DDC_DATA R3314 100 DDC_DATA R3302 100
DDC_SDA_2_JACK DDC_SDA_1_SOC
16 16
DDC_CLK R3315 100 DDC_CLK R3303 100
15 DDC_SCL_2_JACK 15 DDC_SCL_1_SOC
NC NC
14 14
CE_REMOTE CE_REMOTE
CEC_REMOTE CEC_REMOTE
13 13
CK- CK-
CK-_HDMI2_JACK CK-_HDMI1_SOC
12 12
CK_GND CK_GND
EAG62611201

EAG62611201

11 11
CK+ CK+
10 CK+_HDMI2_JACK 10 CK+_HDMI1_SOC
D0- D0-
9 D0-_HDMI2_JACK 9 D0-_HDMI1_SOC
D0_GND D0_GND
8 8
D0+ D0+
7 D0+_HDMI2_JACK 7 D0+_HDMI1_SOC
D1- D1-
6 D1-_HDMI2_JACK 6 D1-_HDMI1_SOC
D1_GND D1_GND
5 5
D1+ D1+
4 D1+_HDMI2_JACK 4 D1+_HDMI1_SOC
D2- D2-
3 D2-_HDMI2_JACK 3 D2-_HDMI1_SOC
D2_GND D2_GND
2 2
D2+ D2+
1 D2+_HDMI2_JACK 1 D2+_HDMI1_SOC

JK3302 JK3300
RSD-105156-100 UI : HDMI2 RSD-105156-100 UI : HDMI4

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS HDMI 4 2011.10.29
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 33

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
RGB/ PC AUDIO/ SPDIF

RGB_5V RGB_5V +5V_NORMAL


RGB PC
A1
C
A2
MMBD6100
D3620

R3641
RGB_EDID

R3642 R3645
IC3600
M24C02-RMN6T 2.7K 2.7K 10K

E0 VCC
1 8
RGB_EDID JK3602
+3.3V_NORMAL
E1
2 7
WC 2F11TC1-EM52-4F
EDID_WP
E2 SCL R3643 22 VIN
3 6
RGB_DDC_SCL
SPDIF OUT A
Fiber Optic

VSS SDA R3644 22


4 5
RGB_DDC_SDA
VCC B
R3620
C3633 C3634 2.7K
18pF 18pF R3615 OPT
50V 50V 33 GND C
SPDIF_OUT
D3613 C3615 4
5.5V 0.1uF
16V
SHIELD

D3613-*1 ADUC 5S 02 0R5L


DSUB_VSYNC 5.5V OPT
D3621 ADUC 5S 02 0R5L
D3615
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L ESD_MTK
30V 5.5V
OPT OPT

DSUB_HSYNC D3622
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L
D3616 5.5V
30V OPT
OPT

RGB_DEBUG
R3602
100
DSUB_B+ SOC_RX
RGB_DEBUG
R3647 PC AUDIO
100
SOC_TX
R3600 D3600 JK3601
0 20V D3601 KJA-PH-0-0177
R3601
NON_RGB_DEBUG OPT 0 20V
OPT 5 GND
NON_RGB_DEBUG

4 L
PC_L_IN
+3.3V_NORMAL
DSUB_G+
3 DETECT D3611
5.6V D3611-*1
R3646 ESD_MTK
10K 1 R OPT
5.6V

DSUB_DET

D3623 PC_R_IN
5.6V
DSUB_R+ OPT
D3612
D3612-*1
5.6V
ESD_MTK
OPT
5.6V
11

12

13

14

10
15
6

1
7

2
8

3
9

Closed to JACK
11

12

13

14

15

16
16
10
6

9
1

JK3603
SLIM-15F-D-2

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS JACK HIGH / MID 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 36

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
HP_LOUT JK3700
+3.3V_NORMAL KJA-PH-0-0177
GND 5
R3700
10K L 4
HP_OUT
DETECT 3
HP_DET

R 1

HP_ROUT EAG61030001
HP_OUT
VA3700
5.6V
OPT

ESD for MTK ESD for LG1152

VA3700-*1
VA3700-*2
5.6V
ESD_MTK_HP_OUT 5.6V
ESD_LG1152_HP_OUT

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS JACK_COMMON 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 37

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
12V_COMMERCIAL_OUT

12V 1A FOR COMMERCIAL(RS-232C POWER)

12V_COMMERCIAL_OUT

RS232C 10
CVBS 1 PHONE JACK
5 +3.3V_NORMAL
9

IR_OUT 4
R3810
10K
IC3800 +3.5V_ST RS232 8
MAX3232CDR 100 R3820
3 AV1_CVBS_DET
7
RS232 D3800
0.1uF C3800 C1+ VCC 100
1 16 R3821 5.6V
2 AV_JACK_BLACK OPT
RS232 +3.5V_ST
OPT_RS232 6 JK3800
C3801 V+ GND D3804 D3805
0.1uF 2 15 R3834 KJA-PH-1-0177
20V 20V
1 5 M5_GND
RS232 OPT OPT 10K
C1- DOUT1 RS232
3 14 FOR COMMERCIAL
4 M4
SPG09-DB-009 AV1_CVBS_IN
0.1uF C3802 C2+ RIN1
4 13 JK3803 3 M3_DETECT

RS232 RS232
C2- ROUT1 1 M1
5 12

6 M6
0.1uF C3803 V- DIN1
6 11

RS232
DOUT2 DIN2
7 10 AV_JACK_YELLOW AV1_L_IN
JK3800-*1
RIN2 ROUT2 KJA-PH-1-0177-1 D3801
8 9 SOC_RX
5.6V
5 M5_GND
OPT
EAN41348201
SOC_TX
4 M4

UART_4PIN_STRAIGHT UART_4PIN_ANGLE
+3.5V_ST 3 M3_DETECT
+3.5V_ST P3800 P3801
12507WS-04L 12507WR-04L
1 M1
R3811 R3814 AV1_R_IN
4.7K 4.7K 6 M6
OPT OPT 1 1 D3802
5.6V
OPT
2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

ESD For MTK ESD For LG1152

COMPONENT 1 PHONE JACK D3803-*1


5.6V
D3803-*2
5.6V
ESD_LG1152
+3.3V_NORMAL ESD_MTK

D3800-*1 D3800-*2
R3806 5.6V 5.6V
10K ESD_MTK ESD_LG1152

COMP1_DET

D3803 D3801-*1 D3801-*2


5.6V 5.6V 5.6V
COMP_JACK_BLACK ESD_LG1152
OPT ESD_MTK
JK3801
KJA-PH-1-0177
5 M5_GND D3802-*2
D3802-*1
5.6V 5.6V
4 M4 COMP1_Y ESD_MTK ESD_LG1152

3 M3_DETECT

1 M1

6 M6

COMP_JACK_GREEN COMP1_Pb
JK3801-*1
KJA-PH-1-0177-2
5 M5_GND

4 M4

3 M3_DETECT

1 M1 COMP1_Pr

6 M6

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS JACK_COMMON 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 38

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+3.5V_ST

IR & KEY RGB Sensor


GP4_IR_10P
EEPROM_SCL R4123
100 P4102
R4117 R4118
12507WR-10L
10K 10K D4105
5% 5% ADUC 20S 02 010L
20V
R4113 OPT 1
COMMERCIAL +3.5V_ST 100
KEY1 R4124
EEPROM_SDA 100
R4114 D4101 2
COMMERCIAL_IR +3.5V_ST 100 5.6V
R4101 KEY2 D4106
1K AMOTECH CO., LTD. ADUC 20S 02 010L
C4100 C4102 OPT 20V 3
COMMERCIAL_IR 0.1uF 0.1uF
R4103 +3.5V_ST D4100 OPT
IR
3.3K 5.6V
R4102 AMOTECH CO., LTD. 4
Q4100 C 10K IR_BYPASS +3.5V_ST OPT
B R4107
MMBT3904(NXP)
E 10K
COMMERCIAL_IR COMMERCIAL_IR R4104 5
C 47K
L4100
B BLM18PG121SN1D
Q4101 E
MMBT3904(NXP) COMMERCIAL_IR 6
COMMERCIAL_IR

C4104 R4125 1.5K 7


1000pF LED_B/GP4_LED_R
50V

R4100
0
9
IR_BYPASS
C4107 D4104 OPT
100pF 5.6V
+3.5V_ST 50V AMOTECH CO., LTD. 10
COMMERCIAL
COMMERCIAL_IR_EU 11
+3.5V_ST
R4109
1K
R4105 COMMERCIAL_IR
22
IR_OUT R4115
COMMERCIAL_IR COMMERCIAL_IR_EU3.3K
R4111
Q4102 C 10K
MMBT3904(NXP) B
COMMERCIAL_IR_EU E R4119
C 47K
B
Q4104
MMBT3904(NXP)
E COMMERCIAL_IR
Soft Touch Micom D/L
COMMERCIAL_IR

R4108
0
Zener Diode is
COMMERCIAL_IR_US
close to wafer

ESD for MTK ESD for LG1152

D4105-*1
ADUC 20S 02 010L
20V 10pF

ESD_MTK

D4106-*1
ADUC 20S 02 010L
20V 10pF

ESD_MTK
D4100-*2

D4100-*1 5.6V 200pF


ADMC 5M 02 200L
5.6V 200pF
ADMC 5M 02 200L ESD_LG1152

ESD_MTK
D4101-*2
5.6V 200pF
D4101-*1
ADMC 5M 02 200L
5.6V 200pF
ESD_LG1152
ADMC 5M 02 200L
ESD_MTK

D4104-*2
5.6V 200pF
D4104-*1
ADMC 5M 02 200L
5.6V 200pF ESD_LG1152
ADMC 5M 02 200L
ESD_MTK

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS IR / KEY 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 41

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+3.3V_NORMAL

+5V_USB FOR USB1


R4327
10K R4323
10K
OPT
MAX 2A
POWER_ON/OFF2_4
IC4303
R4328 TPS2554 [EP]
10K
D4304-*1

C4327
0.1uF GND FAULT
SX34

1 10
40V

16V
16V

THERMAL
L4308
+24V 0.1uF C4329 IC4305 6.8uH

11
IN_1 OUT_2
TPS54331D
USB1
R4330

2 9
0

L4305
D4304
SMAB34

IN_2 OUT_1 C4323


BOOT PH 3 8
40V

1 8 C4333 C4336 10uF


BLM18PG121SN1D 22uF
10V
0.1uF
16V
ILIM_SEL ILIM0
10V DVR Ready
VIN GND 4 7
2 7 /USB_OCD1
MAX 1.8A
C4324
10uF
C4326
0.1uF EN
3A COMP USB_CTL1
EN
5 6
ILIM1
820
R4343

35V 3 6
50V
1%

3AU04S-305-ZC-(LG)

R4300

1/10W
R4341

1/10W
C4332 C4334 JK4303

27K
SS/TR VSENSE

27K
OPT
4 5 47pF 4700pF
330K

50V 50V
OPT

R4329

R1

1
R4338

USB DOWN STREAM


C4328 R4336 OPT
1%

10K

0.01uF 20K C4338


1000pF USB_DM1

2
50V
50V

RCLAMP0502BA

3
USB_DP1
R4339

Vout=0.8*(1+R1/R2)

D4303

4
R2
1%

2K

OPT

5
R4332
IC4306 POWER_ON/OFF2_4
10K
[EP]GND SN1104041, DC-DC+2CH USB SW C4300
0.1uF
16V
+12V +3.3V_NORMAL
V7V EN
24 1
USB_DCDC_SN1104041
THERMAL

C4341 R4342
25

4.7uF AGND_3 COMP 10K


L4306 10V
23 2
BLM18PG121SN1D 5% USB_DCDC_SN1104041
10K

R4304 10K
10K

10K

VIN_2 SS C4340 C4340-*1


USB2
OPT
OPT

22 3 C4342 4700pF 0.01uF


100pF
R4301

50V 50V
R4302

R4303

50V USB_DCDC_BD86180
C4325
10uF
VIN_1
21 4
ROSC

USB_DCDC_SN1104041
MAX 1.5A
16V +5V_USB_2
PGND_2 EN_SW2
20 5 3AU04S-305-ZC-(LG)
USB_CTL2
JK4302

PGND_1 EN_SW1
19 6

1
/USB_OCD2

USB DOWN STREAM


BST NFAULT2
+5V_USB 18 7

2
USB_DM2
C4331
L4307
0.1uF

RCLAMP0502BA
3.6uH LX_2 NFAULT1
16V
17 8

3
USB_DP2
DEV_USB_DCDC_BD86180
IC4306-*1
BD86180MUV [EP]GND
C4337 C4301 +5V_USB_3
LX_1 SW_OUT2 C4322
22uF 22uF 16 9 D4302

4
EN VREG
1 24

10uF
THERMAL

OPT

10V 10V
25

COMP GND_3
2 23

10V

5
SS VIN_2
3 22

RT VIN_1
SW_IN_3 AGND_1
4 21
15 10
CTL2 PGND_2
5 20

CTL1 PGND_1
6 19

FLG2
7 18
BST
SW_IN_2 AGND_2 +5V_USB_2
FLG1
8 17
SW_2
14 11
USB_OUT2 SW_1
9 16

GND_1 USB_IN_3
10 15
SW_IN_1 SW_OUT1
GND_2
11 14
USB_IN_2
13 12
USB_OUT1 USB_IN_1
12 13

USB3
MAX 1.5A
+5V_USB_3
3AU04S-305-ZC-(LG)
JK4300
1
USB DOWN STREAM

ESD for MTK


2

ESD for LG1152


RCLAMP0502BA

3
D4300

C4310
4
OPT

10uF
5

10V
RCLAMP0502BA
D4300-*2
ESD_LG1152

USB_WIFI
RCLAMP0502BA

+5V_USB
D4302-*1
ESD_LG1152

L4302 WIFI 120-ohm


BLM18PG121SN1D

C4319 C4321 C4339

From SoC 0.1uF


16V
C4320
0.1uF
16V
10uF
10V
10uF
10V
MAX 0.4A
RCLAMP0502BA

WIFI WIFI WIFI WIFI


P4301
D4303-*3

12507WR-04L
ESD_LG1152

USB_DM3 For EMI


WIFI
VDD
USB_DP3 1

DM
WIFI_DM 2
USB_CTL3

/USB_OCD3 DP
WIFI_DP 3

GND
4

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS USB3_HUB_WiFi 2011.10.26
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 43

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+3.3V_NORMAL

+12V
EU
R4601
Full Scart(18 Pin Gender) 10K CLOSE TO JUNCTION

SC_DET
EU EU
E EU EU
D4611 D4611-*2 D4611-*1 C4604 MMBT3906(NXP) C4606
R4605
5.6V 5.6V 5.6V 0.1uF Q4600 470 0.1uF
200pF 200pF 50V
OPT B
C EU EU
ESD_LG1152_SCART ESD_MTK_SCART Q4601 R4606
EU
MMBT3904(NXP)
C 47K
R4602
SC_CVBS_IN 390 B EU
C4607
47uF
D4609 D4609-*1 D4609-*2 E 25V
5.5V 5.5V 5.5V EU
SHIELD 15pF 15pF R4603
OPT 390
ESD_MTK_SCART ESD_LG1152_SCART DTV/MNT_V_OUT
19 Gain=1+Rf/Rg EU
Rf EU R4607
AV_DET Rg
75 R4600 R4604 15K
180
18
COM_GND EU
D4610 EU
5.5V D4610-*1 C4605
17
SYNC_IN OPT 5.5V 100uF
15pF 16V R4608
16 0
SYNC_OUT ESD_MTK_SCART
15 OPT
SYNC_GND
14
RGB_IO
13 SC_FB
R_OUT D4601
12 5.6V D4601-*1
R_GND OPT D4601-*2
5.6V 5.6V
11 200pF 200pF
G_OUT
ESD_MTK_SCART ESD_LG1152_SCART
10
G_GND
9 SC_R
ID
8 D4602
B_OUT D4602-*1
5.5V 5.5V
7
AUDIO_L_IN OPT 15pF
6 ESD_MTK_SCART
B_GND
5 SC_G
AUDIO_GND
4 D4603
AUDIO_L_OUT D4603-*1
5.5V 5.5V
3 15pF
AUDIO_R_IN OPT
ESD_MTK_SCART
2
AUDIO_R_OUT
1
SC_B

D4604 D4604-*1
5.5V 5.5V
DA1R018H91E 15pF
OPT
JK4600 ESD_MTK_SCART
EU

SC_ID

SC_L_IN

D4605 D4605-*1 D4605-*2


D4600
5.6V 5.6V 5.6V
20V 200pF
OPT 200pF
OPT ESD_LG1152_SCART
D4600-*2 ESD_MTK_SCART
D4600-*1
20V 20V
10pF 10pF
ESD_MTK_SCART ESD_LG1152_SCART
SC_R_IN

D4606 D4606-*1 D4606-*2


5.6V 5.6V 5.6V
OPT 200pF 200pF
ESD_MTK_SCART ESD_LG1152_SCART

BLM18PG121SN1D
L4600
DTV/MNT_L_OUT
D4607 EU EU EU
5.6V C4600 C4602
OPT 1000pF 4700pF
50V

BLM18PG121SN1D
L4601
DTV/MNT_R_OUT
EU
D4608 EU EU C4603
5.6V C4601 4700pF
OPT 1000pF
50V

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS SCART GENDER 2011.10.26
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 46

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
ZigBee_Radio Pulse M_REMOTE OPTION

+3.3V_NORMAL
P4800
12507WR-08L
L4800
M_REMOTE 120-ohm

1
3.3V M_REMOTE AR4800
C4800 100
2
GND 0.1uF
1/16W
RX
3 M_REMOTE_RX

TX
4 M_REMOTE_TX

RESET
5 M_RFModule_RESET

DC
6 M_RFModule_ISP

DD
7 3D_SYNC_RF

8
GND M_REMOTE
9

3D_SYNC_RF
Only For PDP

ALL M_REMOTE OPTION

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS MOTION REMOTE 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 48

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
Ethernet Block

LAN_JACK_POWER

C5000 C5001 C5002 C5003


0.1uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.01uF
16V 50V 16V 50V
JK5000
XRJH-01A-4-DA7-180-LG(B)

LAN_XML
P1[CT]
1

P2[TD+]
2
EPHY_TDP

P3[TD-]
3
EPHY_TDN

P4[RD+]
4
EPHY_RDP

P5[RD-]
5
EPHY_RDN

P6[CT] D5000 D5001 D5002 D5003


6
5.5V 5.5V 5.5V 5.5V
OPT OPT OPT OPT
P7
7

P8
8

P9
9

P10[GND]
10

P11
11

YL_C
D1

YL_A
D2

GN_C
D3

GN_A
D4
ESD for MTK ESD for LG1152
12

SHIELD ESD_LG1152

D5000-*1
ESD_MTK
D5000-*2
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L
5.5V
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L

ESD_LG1152

D5001-*1
ESD_MTK
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L D5001-*2
5.5V
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L

JK5000-*1
TLA-6T764
ESD_LG1152
LAN_TDK
R1
1

2
R2 D5002-*1
R3
ESD_MTK
3
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L D5002-*2
R4
4 5.5V
R5
ADUC 5S 02 0R5L
5

R6
6

7
R7 ESD_LG1152
R8
8
D5003-*1
R9
9 ESD_MTK
R10[GND]
D5003-*2
10 ADUC 5S 02 0R5L
5.5V
R11
11 ADUC 5S 02 0R5L
YL_C
D1

YL_A
D2

GN_C
D3

GN_A
D4

12

SHIELD

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS LAN_VERTICAL 2011.12.09
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 50

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+24V +24V_AMP +3.3V_NORMAL

L5800
CIS21J121 L5803
10.0uH
NC_12
NC_11
NC_10
NC_9
NC_8
NC_7
NC_6
NC_5
NC_4
NC_3
NC_2
NC_1

L5801 SPK_L+
C5818 C5822
BLM18PG121SN1D 0.22uF 1000pF
C5800 C5802
R5810 R5812 C5816 50V 50V
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13

0.1uF 0.1uF C5806 C5808 43 43


50V 50V NC_13 GND_REG 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.22uF
SPEAKER_L
25 12 16V 16V 50V
NC_14 26 11 VDD_REG OPT C5811 L5804 C5819 C5823
NC_15 OUT1A 330pF 10.0uH 0.22uF 1000pF
27 DEV_STM_AMP 10
C5826 C5803 50V 50V 50V
10uF 0.1uF VDDDIG1 28 9 GND1 SPK_L-
10V 16V GNDDIG1 29 IC5800 8 VCC1
FFX3A 30 7 OUT1B
FFX3B STA380BW OUT2A
31 6
EAPD/FFX4A VCC2 L5805
32 5 10.0uH
TWARNEXT/FFX4B 0X38 GND2
C5804 33 4 SPK_R+
2.2uF VREGFILT OUT2B C5812 C5820 C5824
34 3
10V AGNDPLL 0x38 when SA=0 THERMAL 49 VSS_REG 330pF 0.22uF 1000pF
35 2 C5805 50V C5817 50V 50V
MCLK 36 0x3A when SA=1 1 VCC_REG 0.1uF 0.22uF SPEAKER_R
16V R5811 R5813 50V
C5829 43 43 C5821 C5825
BICKI 37
LRCKI 38
SDI 39
RESET 40
PWDN 41
INTLINE 42
SDA 43
SCL 44
SA 45
TESTMODE 46
GNDDIG2 47
VDDDIG2 48

L5806
1000pF 10.0uH 0.22uF 1000pF
50V 50V 50V
[EP]

OPT SPK_R-

AUD_MASTER_CLK
AUD_SCK +24V_AMP
+3.3V_NORMAL
AUD_LRCK
+3.5V_ST AUD_LRCH

L5802
C5809 C5810 C5813 C5814 C5815 C5827
R5801 BLM18PG121SN1D 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 10uF 10uF
50V 50V 50V 50V 35V 35V
10K
22 R5807
R5802 AMP_RESET_N
C C5807
100 22 R5808 0.1uF
R5800 I2C_SDA1
AMP_MUTE B Q5800 C5801 22 R5809 16V
MMBT3904(NXP) 0.1uF I2C_SCL1
10K 16V C5828
E 0.1uF
16V
WAFER-ANGLE

SPK_L+
4

SPK_L-
3

SPK_R+
2

SPK_R-
1

P5800

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
GP4_MT5369 2011.11.21
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR AUDIO[ST] 58
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC.

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+12V

EU
AUD_OUT >> EU/CHINA_HOTEL_OPT
IC6000 L6000
AZ4580MTR-E1
EU
EU
2.2K R6000 OUT1 8 VCC C6004
DTV/MNT_L_OUT 1
EU
C6000 OPT
0.1uF
50V R6011
EU
C6008
[SCART AUDIO MUTE]
OPT R6002 EU IN1- OUT2 SIGN600005 2.2K
1uF 33K R6004 2 7
25V C6002 470K DTV/MNT_R_OUT
EU 6800pF
33pF C6003
IN1+
3
EU 6 IN2- R6008
EU
33K
OPT
R6010
OPT
C6007
1uF
25V
DTV/MNT_L_OUT

EU 470K
6800pF +3.5V_ST
VEE 5 IN2+ C
4 C6005 EU
33pF Q6000 B
SCART_AMP_L_FB MMBT3904(NXP)
R6012
4.7K

SCART_AMP_R_FB E EU
OPT

EU
R6013
510 SCART_MUTE

SCART_Lout
SCART_Rout
DTV/MNT_R_OUT

C
Q6001 B
MMBT3904(NXP)

E EU

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS SCART AUDIO AMP 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 60

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+3.3V_NORMAL

EARPHONE AMP L6100


120-ohm
BLM18PG121SN1D

C6105 C6107
10uF 0.1uF
10V 16V

HP_LOUT_AMP

Close to the IC C6104


1uF
10V
OUTL

SGND

VDD

+3.3V_NORMAL
EN

R6104
C6108 100K
C6100 16 15 14 13 2.2uF OPT
1uF 10V R6105 OPT
10V INL- HPVDD 4.7K R6106
1 12
HP_LOUT_MAIN 0
C
INL+ CPP R6107
2 11 1K
Q6100 B
IC6100 C6109 MMBT3904(NXP) SIDE_HP_MUTE
INR+ TPA6132A2 PGND 2.2uF
3 10 10V E From Micom
C6103
1uF
10V INR- CPN
4 EAN60724701 9
HP_ROUT_MAIN

5 6 7 8
R6100

R6102
4.7K

OUTR

G0

G1

HPVSS

4.7K
OPT
R6101
OPT

R6103 HP_ROUT_AMP
4.7K C6106
2.2uF
10V

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION. 2011.09.29
HEADPHONE AMP
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR 61
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC.

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
CI POWER ENABLE CONTROL
+5V_CI_ON
+5V_NORMAL
Q6201
AO3407A
S

CI

C6202 R6248
OPT C6210
0.1uF 10K
G

1uF
16V C6207 CI
CI R6241 25V
22K 4.7uF OPT
R6221 10V
10K OPT
OPT

R6242
2.2K
CI
C
R6223
4.7K B Q6200
PCM_5V_CTL
MMBT3904(NXP)
CI CI
R6218
E
10K
CI

Option FOR MTK Option FOR LG1152

C6210-*1
1uF
25V
CI_MTK

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS CI SLOT 2011.10.31
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 62

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
T/C/S & H/NIM & T2/C TUNER(EU & CHINA)
RF_SWITCH_CTL USE: T2/C,T/C,ATSC,DTMB.ISDB-T LNB_TX CHB_CVBS
ERROR & VALID PIN
TU6504 TU6500 TU6501 TU6502 TU6503
LNB_OUT CHB_ERR L9_T2/C/S

TDSH-T151F +3.3V_TU ATV_OUT CHB_SYNC IC6500 +3.3V_TU


TDSS-G151D TDSN-G351D TDSQ-H051F TDSQ-G051D OPT
CHB_VAL 74LVC1G08GW
CHB +5V_TU R6511 CHB_CLK
L6508 100K CHB_DATA
BR_TW_CN_TUNER TU_TS_VAL B VCC
close to TUNER BLM18PG121SN1D R6500-*1 C6520 /TU_RESET 1 5
0.1uF L9_T2/C/S
16V 0.1uF
1K 5% C6544
TU_TS_ERR A 16V
2
MTK/L9_DVB/ATSC/NTSC
TW_H/NIM T/C_H/NIM_V T2/C_F/NIM_DEV CHB_V T/C/S2_V CHB RF_SWITCH RF_SWITCH
RF_SWITCH_CTL R6526
C6501 C6503 R6500 0 GND Y 100
RF_S/W_CTL NC NC_1 +5V[SPLITTER] 1 N.C_1 10uF 0.1uF BR_TW_CN_TUNER 3 4 FE_TS_VAL
1 1 1 1 R6508-*1
10V 16V ATV_OUT 1/16W
R6508 5%
RESET RESET RESET RESET RESET 100 1K 5% L9_T2/C/S
2 2 2 2 2
MTK/L9_DVB/ATSC/NTSC R6525
SCL SCL SCL TU_SCL SCL R6509
+5V_TU
0
3 3 3 3 3 I2C_SCL6 BR_TW_CN_TUNER BR_TW_CN_TUNER +5V_TU
C6508 33 C6508-*1 C6506-*1 NOT_L9_T2/C/S
SDA SDA SDA OPT 18pF R6510 68pF 68pF
4 4 4 TU_SDA 4 SDA 4 50V R6516
I2C_SDA6 50V 50V 470 R6518 2012 perallel
OPT C6506 33
18pF
+3.3V_TU 82 R6520
220
R6521 because of derating
+B1[3.3V]
5
+B1[3.3V]
5 +B1[3.3V] 5 M_+3.3V 5 +3.3V_TUNER close to TUNER TUNER_SIF 220
5 50V E
C6511 C6514
100pF 0.1uF TU_CVBS
SIF SIF SIF M_SIF SIF 50V C6522
6 6 6 6 6 16V B E
0.1uF 16V Q6500
L6500 C
+B2[1.8V] +B2[1.8V] +B2[1.8V] R6515 MMBT3906(NXP)
7 7 7 M_+1.8V 7 +1.8V_TUNER 7 BLM18PG121SN1D 4.7K B Q6501 T/C_H/NIM T/C/S2 T2/C_F/NIM T2/C/S2 CHB
AT_H/NIM CN BR
C6551 C6550 C6505 +1.8V_TU R6519 C
MMBT3906(NXP)
CVBS CVBS CVBS M_CVBS CVBS 100pF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1K
8 8 8 8 8 50V 16V 16V T/C&AT&CHB DVB_S NOT_T/C&AT DVB_S CHB T/C&AT&CHB CN

close to Tuner 1. should be guarded by ground OPT


IF_AGC IF_AGC NC_2 M_IF_AGC T/C_IF_AGC 100 T/C&AT&CHB
9 9 9 9 9 C6500 R6506
IF_AGC2. No via on both of them NOT_DVB_S DVB_S&CHB T2/C DVB_S&CHB DVB_S&CHB NOT_DVB_S NOT_T/C&AT
L9 ATSC
0.1uF should be guarded by groumd 3. Signal Width >= 12mils
DIF[P] DIF[P] NC_3 M_DIF[P] T/C_DIF[P] Signal to Signal Width = 12mils
10 10 10 10 10 16V IF_P Not_L9_T2/C/S NOT_T/C&AT T2/C&CN NOT_T/C&AT NOT_T/C&AT Not_L9_T2/C/S RF_SWITCH
Ground Width >= 24mils
DIF[N] DIF[N] NC_4 M_DIF[N] T/C_DIF[N] +3.3V_D_Demod
11 11 11 11 11 IF_N CHB OPT OPT T2/C NOT_T/C&AT&CHB
C6523 C6528 T/C&AT&CHB T2/C&CHB&CN T/C&AT&CHB
C6525
+B3[3.3V] 12 S_3.3V 12 N.C_2 12
100pF 0.1uF 10uF
6.3V
50V 16V
12 12 C6509 NOT_T/C&AT&CHB NOT_T/C&AT&CHB
T2/C&CN T2/C&CHB&CN NOT_DVB_S
+B4[1.23V] 0.1uF T2/C&CN&BR
13 S_1.8V 13 N.C_3 13 16V L6502 +1.23V_TU
CHB BLM18PG121SN1D
SHIELD SHIELD Not_L9_T2/C/S NOT_DVB_S T2/C&CHB&CN H/NIM&CHB Not_L9_T2/C/S
NC_5 14 S_CVBS 14 N.C_4 14 close to TUNER CHB
L6507 +1.8V_TU
C6507 C6510 C6513 Not_L9_T2/C/S NOT_T/C&AT&CHB Not_L9_T2/C/S
C6516
GND 15 GND_1 15 GND_1 15
100pF 1000pF 4700pF 0.1uF BLM18PG121SN1D
50V 50V CN 50V CN 16V
T2/C&CHB&CN&BR
ERROR 16 SD_ERROR 16 ERROR 16
T2/C&CHB&CN&BR
CHB_CVBS
L9_T2/C/S
CHB_ERR
SYNC 17 SD_SYNC 17 SYNC 17
CHB_SYNC
CHB_VAL
NOT_T/C&AT&CHB
VALID CHB_CLK
18 SD_VALID 18 VALID 18 AR6500 0
TU_TS_ERR
MCLK 19 SD_MCLK 19 MCLK 19
FE_TS_SYNC
TU_TS_VAL
D0 FE_TS_CLK
20 SD_SERIAL_D0 20 D0 20
CHB_DATA
D1 21 N.C_1 21 D1 21 NOT_T/C&AT&CHB FE_TS_DATA[0-7]
AR6501
0 FE_TS_DATA[0]
D2 22 N.C_2 22 D2 22 FE_TS_DATA[1]
FE_TS_DATA[2] T2 : Max 1.7A
D3 N.C_3 D3 FE_TS_DATA[3] else : Max 0.7A
23 23 23
D4 24 N.C_4 24 D4 24
FE_TS_DATA[4]
FE_TS_DATA[5]
D5 FE_TS_DATA[6]
25 N.C_5 25 D5 25 FE_TS_DATA[7]
NOT_T/C&AT
D6 26 N.C_6 26 D6 26 AR6502 +3.3V_TU_IN IC6501
+1.23V_TU
0
NOT_T/C&AT&CHB AP2132MP-2.5TRG1 [EP]
D7 27 N.C_7 27 D7 27 NOT_T/C&AT
Seperate GND for CHB R6527
20K R2 CN
28 1 8
GND_2 28 GND_2 28 C6540
1% R6528-*1
THERMAL

PG GND NOT_T/C&AT 12K


0.1uF
R6528
9

GND_3 GND_3 2 7 11K 1/16W


SHIELD 29 29 DVB_S&CHB
1% 1%
R6529 R1
L6501 +1.23V_TU
EN ADJ
BLM18PG121SN1D R6523
10K 10K
SD_1.23V_DEMOD
30 +1.23V_S2_DEMOD
30 DVB_S&CHB 3 6 1%
C6512 C6515 C6519 +3.3V_D_Demod NOT_T/C&AT VOUT NOT_T/C&AT
VIN
100pF 0.1uF 10uF C6533
SD_RESET 31 S2_RESET 31 DVB_S&CHB 10V
OPT
R6512 10uF
4 2A 5
DVB_S&CHB 2.2K +5V_NORMAL
16V VCTRL NC NOT_T/C&AT
R6513
SD_3.3V_DEMOD32 +3.3V_S2_DEMOD
32 10 EAN61387601 C6549
C6521 /S2_RESET
0.1uF DVB_S&CHB 10uF
N.C_8 33 S2_F22_OUTPUT 33 OPT +3.3V_D_Demod 16V
OPT
SD_SCL 34 S2_SCL 34 C6524 C6527 C6535
100pF 0.1uF 1uF
LNB_TX OPT OPT
SD_SDA 35 S2_SDA 35
R6503 22
I2C_SCL4 Vout=0.6*(1+R1/R2)
LNB 36 C6517 DVB_S&CHB
36 18pF
OPT 50V
GND_4 37 CHB : Max 480mA
38 R6504 22 else : Max 240mA
I2C_SDA4
C6518 DVB_S&CHB
SHIELD 18pF
LNB_OUT OPT 50V +3.3V_D_Demod +3.3V_TU
+1.8V_TU
SHIELD +3.3V_TU
IC6503
NOT_T/C&AT
L6506 AZ1117BH-1.8TRE1
BLM18PG121SN1D
NOT_T/C&AT
NOT_T/C&AT IN OUT
C6538 C6542 3 2
C6531 10uF 0.1uF 1 R6531
0.1uF 10V
ADJ/GND 1
BR_F/NIM_V CN_ATBM T2/C/S2
CN_LG3921 TU6503-*1
TU6501-*1 TU6501-*2 TDSQ-G351D
TDSN-B051F TDSN-C251D TU6501-*3
TDSN-C051D N.C_1
1
RF_S/W_CTL RF_S/W_CTL RESET
1 1 2

2
RESET
2
RESET 1
RF_S/W_CTL 3
SCL

SDA
C6546 C6548
RESET 4
SCL SCL
3 3 2
SCL
5
+B1[3.3V]
10uF 0.1uF
SDA SDA 3 SIF
4
+B1[3.3V]
4
+B1[3.3V] 4
SDA
6

7
+B2[1.8V]
Close to the tuner 10V 16V
5 5 CVBS
+B1[3.3V] 8
SIF SIF 5
6 6 N.C_2
9
+B2[1.8V] +B2[1.8V] SIF N.C_3
7 7 6 10
AT_H/NIM_V CVBS CVBS +B2[1.8V] 11
N.C_4
8 8 7
TU6500-*1 +B3[3.3V]
CVBS 12
TDSS-H151F NC_1 NC_1 8 +B4[1.23V]
9 9 13
NC_2 NC_2 NC_1 N.C_5
10 10 9 14
NC_2 GND_1
NC_3 NC_3
NC 11 11 10 15
ERROR L9/BR_TW_CN_TUNER
1 +B3[3.3V] +B3[3.3V] 11
NC_3 16
465mA(MAX)
2
RESET 12
+B4[1.23V]
12
+B4[1.23V] 12
+B3[3.3V]
17

18
SYNC

VALID
R6532-*1
13 13

3
SCL
14
NC_4
14
NC_4 13
+B4[1.23V] 19
MCLK

D0
BLM18PG121SN1D 150mA(MAX)
NC_4 20
SDA GND GND 14
15 15 D1
4 21
ERROR ERROR GND D2
+B1[3.3V] 16 16 15 22
5
17
SYNC
17
SYNC 16
ERROR 23
D3 120-ohm
6
SIF
18
VALID
18
VALID 17
SYNC 24

25
D4

D5
+3.3V_NORMAL +3.3V_TU
+B2[1.8V] MCLK MCLK VALID D6
7 18

8
CVBS
19

20
D0
19

20
D0 19
MCLK
26

27
D7

GND_2
+5V_NORMAL +5V_TU
D0 28
D1 D1 20
IF_AGC 21 21 29
GND_3
9 D1
DIF[P] 22
D2
22
D2 21
D2
30
+B5[1.23V]

S2_RESET L6503 NOT_L9_BR_TW_CN Tuner


10 D3 D3
23 23 22 31
R6532
11
DIF[N]
24
D4
24
D4 23
D3 32

33
+B6[3.3V]

S2_F22_OUTPUT
BLM18PG121SN1D 0
D5 D5 D4 S2_SCL
25 25 24 34
D5 S2_SDA
12 D6 D6 25 35
26 26 LNB

SHIELD 27
D7
27
D7 26
D6 36
GND_4
C6529 C6532 C6534
37
C6526 C6530 22uF C6536 C6539
D7 38
28 28 27
0.1uF 22uF 0.1uF
28 SHIELD 0.1uF 22uF 0.1uF
SHIELD SHIELD
16V 10V 16V 16V 10V 16V
SHIELD
10V

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES Close to the tuner
Close to the tuner
SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS TUNER 2011.11.21
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 65

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
DCDC_GND and A_GND are connected
DCDC_GND and A_GND are connected in pin#27
DVB-S2 LNB Part Allegro PCB_GND and A_GND are connected

(Option:LNB)
Input trace widths should be sized to conduct at least 3A

Ouput trace widths should be sized to conduct at least 2A

D6901-*1
LNB_SX34 D6903-*1

40V 40V
LNB_SX34
D6901
LNB_SMAB34 D6903

2A 40V 40V
LNB_SMAB34
3A
+12V_LNB
C6901 C6902 C6912 C6906
0.01uF 1uF 68uF 68uF
50V 50V 35V 35V LNB
LNB LNB LNB LNB L6900
33UH
LNB_OUT SP-7850_33 C6911
close to Boost pin(#1) C6910
0.1uF
2.4A 10uF
50V
25V close to VIN pin(#25)
LNB LNB
C6915 C6916 C6913 C6914 R6906 DCDC_GND DCDC_GND
18pF 18pF 33pF 33pF 2.2K
D6904 1W D6900 DCDC_GND
OPT LNB OPT LNB LNB A_GND
LNB MBR230LSFT1G

30V
LNB C6904 D6902
0.1uF LNB_SMAB34
Close to Tuner
Surge protectioin LNB 50V 40V
C6900
LNB 0.22uF
25V
D6902-*1
LNB_SX34
GNDLX
[EP]

NC_9

A_GND 40V
LNB

VIN

BFI

BFO
LX

A_GND
28

27

26

25

24

23

22

A_GND
BOOST 1 21 NC_8
C6903 0.1uF THERMAL
VCP 2 29 20 NC_7

LNB R6904 R6905


C6905 22000pF TCAP 3 19 BFC 0 0
LNB NC_1 IC6900 NC_6
4 18
A8290SETTR-T
TDO 5 LNB 17 NC_5 A_GND
A_GND
EXTM 6 16 NC_4
LNB_TX DCDC_GND
A_GND A_GND
TDI 7 15 NC_3
10

11

12

13

14
8

+3.3V_NORMAL
Max 1.3A
GND

VREG

SDA

ADD

SCL

NC_2

IRQ

A_GND
+12V +12V_LNB

R6903
L6901
4.7K BLM18PG121SN1D
R6900 33

R6901 33

LNB
LNB

LNB

C6917 LNB C6918


0.1uF 0.1uF
0.22uF

50V 50V
LNB LNB
27pF

27pF
LNB

OPT

OPT
C6907

C6908

C6909

A_GND
I2C_SDA4

I2C_SCL4

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
LNB 2011.11.21
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
69
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC.

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
FOR COMMERCIAL 12V OUT RS-232C 9 PIN
(OPT:COMMER_EXT_12V)
R7001
100

IC7000
MP5000DQ

GND SOURCE_5
1 10 +3.5V_ST
C7000
470pF
50V
DV/DT
2 9
SOURCE_4
12V_COMMERCIAL_OUT
FOR COMMERCIAL AUDIO OUT
R7000
1K ENABLE/FAULT SOURCE_3
R7006
10K
(OPT:COMMER_EXT_AMP)
COMMERCIAL_12V_CTL 3 8 L7000
BLM18PG121SN1D
FOR 12V CONTROL (FROM MICOM) I-LIMIT SOURCE_2 12V_EXT_PWR_DET P7000
4 7 12507WR-12L
C7003 C7004 +24V
22uF 0.1uF R7004
NC SOURCE_1 50V 100K
5 6 25V L7001
BLM18PG121SN1D
C
Q7001 1
11 B MMBT3904(NXP)
C7005
0.1uF 50V
VCC +12V 2
E

C7001 R7005
C7002
1uF 22K 3
22uF
25V 25V
AUDIO_L_OUT_COMMERCIAL
4

5
AUDIO_R_OUT_COMMERCIAL

EXT_AMP_RESET 7

FOR AMP RESET (MAIN SOC)


8
EXT_AMP_MUTE

SPK_L_OUT_COMMERCIAL 10

PATTERN SHOULD BE CONSIDERED (MAX 3W) 11

AUDIO OUT JACK


12
(OPT:COMMER_EXT_AMP) COMMER_EXT_AMP_JACK
JK7000
SPK_R_OUT_COMMERCIAL

13
KJA-PH-0-0177
GND 5

L 4
SPK_L_OUT_COMMERCIAL
C7006
10uF D7000 DETECT 3
16V 5.6V

R 1
SPK_R_OUT_COMMERCIAL
C7007
10uF D7001
16V 5.6V EAG61030001

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION. 2011.11.21
COMMERCIAL_OPTION
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR 70
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC.

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
LVDS LVDS_51PIN
P7100
FI-RE51S-HF-J-R1500
[51Pin LVDS OUTPUT Connector] [41Pin LVDS OUTPUT Connector]

NC 2D/3D_CTL
1 R7100 33
NC LGD_2D/3D_CTRL
2
LVDS_SEL
NC
3
NC +3.3V_NORMAL
4 R7105 33 I2C_SDA1
NC CP_BOX
5 R7106 33 I2C_SCL1
AUO_65_MIRROR CP_BOX R7101
6 LVDS_41PIN
3.3K
LVDS_SEL LVDS_SEL_HIGH P7101
7
FI-RE41S-HF-J-R1500
NC R7107 33
8 PWM_DIM1 R7102
NC LGD_32/37_LVDS_PWM 10K
9 LVDS_SEL_LOW NC
L/DIM_ENABLE 1
R7108 33
10 OPC_EN NC 2D/3D_CTL
2 R7104 33
GND LGD_32/37_LVDS_OPC
11 NC AUO_2D/3D_CTRL
RA0N 3
12 TXA0N NC
RA0P 4
13 TXA0P NC
RA1N 5
14 TXA1N NC
RA1P 6
15 TXA1P NC
RA2N 7
16 TXA2N NC
RA2P 8
17 TXA2P GND
GND 9
18 RC0N
RACLKN 10 TXC0N
19 TXACLKN RC0P
RACLKP 11 TXC0P
20 TXACLKP RC1N
GND 12 TXC1N
21 RC1P
RA3N 13 TXC1P
22 TXA3N RC2N
RA3P 14 TXC2N
23 TXA3P RC2P
RA4N 15 TXC2P
24 TXA4N GND
RA4P 16
25 TXA4P RCCLKN
GND 17 TXCCLKN
26 RCCLKP
BIT_SEL BIT_SEL 18 TXCCLKP
27 GND
RB0N 19
28 TXB0N R7103 RC3N
RB0P 10K 20 TXC3N
29 TXB0P BIT_SEL_LOW RC3P
RB1N 21 TXC3P
30 TXB1N RC4N
RB1P 22 TXC4N
31 TXB1P RC4P
RB2N 23 TXC4P
32 TXB2N GND
RB2P 24
33 TXB2P GND
GND 25
34 RD0N
RBCLKN 26 TXD0N
35 TXBCLKN RD0P
RBCLKP 27 TXD0P
36 TXBCLKP RD1N
GND 28 TXD1N
37 RD1P
RB3N 29 TXD1P
38 TXB3N RD2N
RB3P 30 TXD2N
39 TXB3P RD2P
RB4N 31 TXD2P
40 TXB4N GND
RB4P 32
41 TXB4P RDCLKN
GND 33 TXDCLKN
42 RDCLKP
GND 34 TXDCLKP
43 GND
GND 35
44 RD3N
PANEL_VCC 36
GND TXD3N
45 RD3P
GND 37 TXD3P
46 RD4N
L7100 38
NC TXD4N
47 BLM18SG121TN1D RD4P
VLCD LVDS_51PIN 39 TXD4P
48 GND
VLCD 40
49 GND
VLCD 41
50 C7100 C7101 C7102
VLCD 10uF 1000pF 0.1uF
51 16V 50V 50V 42
OPT OPT OPT
GND
52

GND

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS LVDS_HIGH_MID 2011.08.11
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 71

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
LOCAL DIMMING
[To LED DRIVER]
P7600 +3.3V_NORMAL
12507WR-08L
L/DIM_OUT
R7600
10K
OPT

1
AR7600
R7601
10K
33
2 L/DIM_OUT 1/16W
3 L/DIM0_SCLK

5 L/DIM0_MOSI

6 I2C_SCL1

7
L/DIM_OUT I2C_SDA1

8 R7606 33
L/DIM0_VS
L/DIM_OUT
9
R7607
4.7K
L/DIM_OUT

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS LOCAL DIMMING 2011.12.13
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. 76

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
VCOM_P
<POWER BLOCK>
VCOM_N
VCOM_LOOP
VCC18

L7700 R7708 0
VCOMRFB
C7705 C7708 1/16W
LQM2HPN2R2MG0L
GMA15
GMA14
GMA12
GMA7
GMA5
GMA4

10uF 10uF 2.2uH R7709 0


10V 10V VCOMLFB VCC
OPT 1/16W R7759 R7760
0 0 INSTEAD OF AMCC0208
R7710 0 R7730 R7737 1/16W
VCOM_DYN 1/16W
Vcore 1/16W OPT OPT
1/16W 1/16W Q7700
R7725 0 FROM SOC 1/16W
PMIC_RESET CTRLN MMBT3904(NXP)
[EP]AGND

L7705 TO SOC OPT VGL_FB R7728 100K

C
VCC
VCOMFB

BLM18PG121SN1D
PGND4

SWN
VCOM
GMA6
GMA5
GMA4
GMA3
GMA2
GMA1

OPT L7701 1/16W 5% D7703 VGL_FB


DYN

POS
NEG

1N4148W
CTRLN

B
C7706 C7709 LQM2HPN2R2MG0L R7701
100V VGL
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37

10uF 10uF 2.2uH 10K SWP


10V 10V 1/16W OUT4 1 36 CTRLN VGH_FB C7745 C7747 R7745 0
SWB4 2 35 VGL CTRLP SWN
THERMAL 1uF 25V 1uF 25V 1/16W
RST 3 34 SWN D7705 R7739
49 C7727 C7756 C7733
1N4148W 1.5K
OUT1 4 33 SWP 0.1uF 1/16W 1uF 10uF
OUT2 5
IC7700 32 VGH
100V 50V 5% 25V 16V
VCC
SWB2 6 TPS65178RSLR 31 CTRLP
L7702 PGND2 7 EPI 30 TCOMP
TCOMP VL
SWB1_1 8 29 VL
C7707 C7728 22uH SWB1_2 9 28 SDA
R7700 C7704 C7710 C7711 C7712 PANEL_VCC I2C_SDA2
10uF 10uF C7721 10uF NC SCL C7742
2K 0.1uF 10uF 10uF 1uF D7700 10 27 I2C_SCL2
10V 10V SX34 25V PVINB1_1 1uF
1/16W 16V 10V 10V 10V OPT 11 26 COMP
OPT OPT 40V COMP 25V
PVINB1_2 SS INSTEAD OF AMCC0209
12 25 SS
VGH_FB
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

C7713 C7714 C7716


10uF 10uF 10uF D7704
25V 25V 25V C7746 C7748 1N4148W
AVIN
PVINB3
SWB3
OUT3
PGND3
PGND_1
PGND_2
SW_1
SW_2
SWI
SWO
AGND

VGH
OPT SS SWP R7746 0
COMP 1uF 25V 1uF 25V 100V
C7724 1/16W
R7717 C7731 VDD C7755 C7757
1uF CTRLP

B
33K OPT 0.1uF
1/16W D7706 1uF 1uF
25V C7740 16V 1N4148W R7744 R7750
50V 50V 20K
1000pF 100V 20K
1/10W 1/10W
C7736 50V 5% 5%
E

C
H_VDD L7703
NR6020T6R8NC 1000pF R7727 100K
THIS IS REVERSE PATTERN !!!! 6.8uH
50V
1/16W 5% MMBT3906(NXP)
Q7701 C7754
0.1uF
50V
R7729 C7715 C7722
2.7K 10uF 10uF
1/16W 16V 16V
VDD
[Left Source(51PIN LOCATION)] [Right Source(41PIN LOCATION)]

C7737 C7739 R7718


0.1uF 0.1uF C7730
50V 50V 68uF 9.1K
35V VL
R7713 C7729 1/16W
PANEL_VCC 2.2 1000pF
VCC18
1/16W 50V
VCC18
OPT OPT
L7704 D7701 R7720
22uH SX34 47K
1/16W
5%
C7703 C7702 40V TCOMP
C7701 C7700 0.1uF 0.01uF C7723 C7725 C7734 C7738 C7732 C7735
0.1uF 0.01uF 50V 50V 10uF 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 68uF
TH7700 R7722
50V 50V 25V 25V 50V 50V 50V 35V 100K
47k-ohm 1/16W
OPT 1%
NCP18WB473F10RB

51
51
50
Z_OUT
50 GMA1
49
49 GMA3 CLK1
48
48 GMA4 CLK2
47
47

46
GMA5
GMA7
46

45
CLK3
CLK4
<LEVEL SHIFTER BLOCK>
45 GMA9 CLK5
44
44 GMA10 CLK6
43
R7702
43 GMA12 VGH_R 0
42
CLK6_I CLK6
42 GMA14 VGH_F R7707
41 CLK5_I CLK5
41 GMA15 0 R7711
40
VGH_ODD CLK4_I CLK4
0 R7712
40 GMA16 VGH_EVEN CLK3_I CLK3
39
0 R7714
39 GMA18 VGL_I CLK2_I CLK2
Vcore 38 0 R7715
38
CLK1_I CLK1
VST
CLK6_I

CLK5_I

CLK4_I

CLK3_I

CLK2_I

CLK1_I

37 0
37 GIP_RST
36
36
EPI_LOCK3
35
VCOMRFB
35 VCOM
34
VDD H_VDD
34
33 VCC
33
32 RE
32
TXB2P CH6
31 VGL R7748
CLK6

CLK5

CLK4

CLK3

CLK2

CLK1

31
TXB2N FROM SOC 1K VGL
30 1/16W
RE

30
29 [EP]VGL REVERSE R7740 0
VGL_I
R7749
7

29 TXA4P
28
R7703 1K 1/16W
TXB1P 47 VGH_R BI-SCAN
28 CH5 TXA4N EO_SOC EO VGH_R 8 28 REVERSE
1/16W
THERMAL

27 OPT R7741 0
TXB1N 1/16W DISCHG
27 FROM SOC FROM SOC VGH_F GCLK
29

26 VGH_F 9 27 GCLK VCC 1/16W


26 C7717 ODD MCLK OPT
25 10 26
15pF VGH_ODD MCLK
25 TXACLKP
TXB0P
24 50V EVEN 11 TPS65198 25 GST VDD
24 CH4 23
TXACLKN
VGH_EVEN
IC7701
GST R7735
VST EO 100
23
TXB0N FROM SOC H_VDD 12 24 1/16W
22
VST EPI EO
R7742 3K
22 R7719 0 RESET VSENSE RE
21 GIP_RST 13 23 OPT 1/16W
VDD
21 TXA1P R7704 47 1/16W
20 GST_SOC GST DISCHG 14 22 GND R7736 C7750
DISCHG R7743 0
20 1/16W 3K 1uF
TXA1N 1/16W
15

16

17

18

19

20

21

19 FROM SOC FROM SOC 25V OPT 1/16W


19 VDD PANEL_VCC
18
Vcore OPT
C7718 VGL R7716
VGL

VGH1

VGH2

OUT

NEG

POS

AVDD

18 15pF 0 VGL R7751 R7753


17 1/16W 15K 15K
17
VCOM 50V OPT R7738 R7747 1/16W 1/16W
16 0 0 OPT
VCOMLFB 1/16W 1/16W
16 EPI_LOCK3 OPT R7754
15 R7721 R7752
GIP_RST +3.3V_NORMAL 0 C7726 15K 15K
15 EPI_LOCK6_SOURCE 1/16W 1uF 1/16W 1/16W
14 OPT
14
VST 25V
13
13
VGL_I
GMA18 R7705 47
12 MCLK_SOC MCLK VCOM_P
12
VGH_EVEN C7741 C7743
11
GMA16 1/16W VCOM_N
VGH_ODD FROM SOC 10uF 1uF
11 GMA15 R7758
10 10K 16V 25V VCOM_LOOP
VGH_F VCC18 R7756 C7719 R7731 0
10 GMA14
9 10K EPI_LOCK6 15pF 1/16W
9
VGH_R C 50V
GMA12
VCOM

8
CLK6 R7757
8 GMA10 B VDD
7 MMBT3904(NXP)
CLK5 Q7703
7 GMA9 R7761 10K
6
CLK4 10K E D7702
6 GMA7 OPT R7734 0
5 R7706 47
CLK3 C
5 GMA5 GCLK_SOC GCLK
4 R7755 1/16W OPT
CLK2 B 1/16W
4 EPI_LOCK6_SOURCE Q7702 R7723 R7724 OPT 40V
3
GMA4 FROM SOC C7744 R7726 R7732 C7749
100 MMBT3904(NXP) 0 0 0 0 R7733
3
CLK1 C7720 1/16W 1/16W 1uF 0 1uF
2
GMA3 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
E 15pF OPT 50V 50V
2
OPT OPT
1
GMA1 50V
1
Z_OUT
VGH VGH
FL8S050HA1
FL8S050HA1 P7703
P7702 DEV_50WAFER
DEV_50WAFER

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS 2011.12.01
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC. T-Con 77

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
eMMC I/F
EMMC_VCCQ

EMMC DATA LINE 47K PULL/UP


47K
47K
47K
47K

47K
47K
47K
47K

R8117

R8116
10K
10K
10K
10K

10K
10K
10K
10K

10K

10K

EMMC DATA LINE


10K PULL/UP
R8100-*1
R8101-*1
R8102-*1
R8103-*1

R8104-*1
R8105-*1
R8106-*1
R8107-*1

R8100
R8101
R8102
R8103

R8104
R8105
R8106
R8107

IC8100 IC8100-*3
IC8100-*1 IC8100-*2
SDIN5D2-4G-974L1 H26M31001EFR
H26M21001ECR KLM2G1HE3F-B001
AR8100
EMMC_DATA[0-7] 22
1/16W
EMMC_DATA[0] A3 C8 A3 C8
DAT0 NC_25 DAT0 NC_25 A3 C8 A3 C8
EMMC_DATA[1] A4 C9 A4 C9 DAT0 NC_25 DAT0 NC_25
DAT1 NC_26 DAT1 NC_26 A4 C9 A4 C9
EMMC_DATA[2] A5 C10 A5 C10 DAT1 NC_26 DAT1 NC_26
DAT2 NC_27 DAT2 NC_27 A5 C10 A5 C10
EMMC_DATA[3] B2 C11 B2 C11 DAT2 NC_27 DAT2 NC_27
EMMC_DATA[4] DAT3 NC_28 DAT3 NC_28 B2 C11 B2 C11
B3 C12 B3 C12 DAT3 NC_28 DAT3 NC_28
EMMC_DATA[5] DAT4 NC_29 DAT4 NC_29 B3 C12 B3 C12
B4 C13 B4 C13 DAT4 NC_29 DAT4 NC_29
EMMC_DATA[6] DAT5 NC_30 DAT5 NC_30 B4 C13 B4 C13
B5 C14 B5 C14 DAT5 NC_30 DAT5 NC_30
EMMC_DATA[7] AR8101 DAT6 NC_31 DAT6 NC_31 B5 C14 B5 C14
22 B6 D1 B6 D1 DAT6 NC_31 DAT6 NC_31
1/16W DAT7 NC_32 DAT5 DAT7 NC_32 B6 D1 B6 D1
D2 D2 DAT7 NC_32 DAT7 NC_32
NC_33 NC_33 D2 D2
D3 D3 NC_33 NC_33
NC_34 NC_34 D3 D3
M6 D4 M6 D4 NC_34 NC_34
CLK NC_35 CLK NC_35 M6 D4 M6 D4
M5 D12 M5 D12 CLK NC_35 CLK NC_35
CMD NC_36 CMD NC_36 M5 D12 M5 D12
D13 D13 CMD NC_36 CMD NC_36
NC_37 NC_37 D13 D13
D14 D14 NC_37 NC_37
NC_38 NC_38 D14 D14
A6 E1 A6 E1 NC_38 NC_38
NC_3 NC_39 NC_3 NC_39 A6 E1 A6 E1
A7 E2 A7 E2 NC_3 NC_39 NC_3 NC_39
NC_4 NC_40 NC_4 NC_40 A7 E2 A7 E2
C5 E3 C5 E3 NC_4 NC_40 NC_4 NC_40
NC_23 NC_41 NC_23 NC_41 C5 E3 C5 E3
E5 E12 E5 E12 NC_23 NC_41 NC_23 NC_41
NC_42 NC_46 NC_42 NC_46 E5 E12 E5 E12
E8 E13 E8 E13 NC_42 NC_46 NC_42 NC_46
NC_43 NC_47 NC_43 NC_47 E8 E13 E8 E13
AR8102 22 E9 E14 E9 E14 NC_43 NC_47 NC_43 NC_47
EMMC_CLK NC_44 NC_48 NC_44 NC_48 E9 E14 E9 E14
E10 F1 E10 F1 NC_44 NC_48 NC_44 NC_48
EMMC_CMD NC_45 NC_49 DAT6 NC_45 NC_49 E10 F1 E10 F1
F10 F2 F10 F2 NC_45 NC_49 NC_45 NC_49
EMMC_RST NC_52 NC_50 NC_52 NC_50 F10 F2 F10 F2
G3 F3 G3 F3 NC_52 NC_50 NC_52 NC_50
NC_58 NC_51 NC_58 NC_51 G3 F3 G3 F3
G10 F12 G10 F12 NC_58 NC_51 NC_58 NC_51
NC_59 NC_53 NC_59 NC_53 G10 F12 G10 F12
H5 F13 H5 F13 NC_59 NC_53 NC_59 NC_53
NC_66 NC_54 NC_66 NC_54 H5 F13 H5 F13
J5 F14 J5 F14 NC_66 NC_54 NC_66 NC_54
C8107 NC_73 NC_55 NC_73 NC_55 J5 F14 J5 F14
OPT 10pF K6 G1 K6 G1 NC_73 NC_55 NC_73 NC_55
NC_80 NC_56 NC_80 NC_56 K6 G1 K6 G1
50V K7 G2 K7 G2 NC_80 NC_56 NC_80 NC_56
NC_81 NC_57 NC_81 NC_57 K7 G2 K7 G2
K10 G12 K10 G12 NC_81 NC_57 NC_81 NC_57
NC_82 NC_60 NC_82 NC_60 K10 G12 K10 G12
P7 G13 P7 G13 NC_82 NC_60 NC_82 NC_60
NC_116 NC_61 NC_116 NC_61 P7 G13 P7 G13
P10 G14 P10 G14 NC_116 NC_61 NC_116 NC_61
NC_119 NC_62 NC_119 NC_62 P10 G14 P10 G14
H1 H1 NC_119 NC_62 NC_119 NC_62
HYNIX_EMMC_2GB
SANDISK_EMMC_4GB

NC_63 NC_63 H1 H1
H2 H2 NC_63 NC_63
NC_64 NC_64 H2 H2
K5 H3 K5 H3 NC_64 NC_64
RESET NC_65 RESET NC_65 K5 H3 K5 H3
H12 H12 RESET NC_65 RSTN NC_65

SAMSUNG_EMMC_2GB
C8100 H12 H12
DEV_HYNIX_EMMC_4GB

NC_67 NC_67
0.1uF H13 H13 NC_67 NC_67
OPT NC_68 NC_68 H13 H13
16V C6 H14 C6 H14 NC_68 NC_68
VCCQ_1 NC_69 VCCQ_1 NC_69 C6 H14 C6 H14
EMMC_VCCQ 3.3V_EMMC M4 J1 M4 J1 VCCQ_1 NC_69 VDD_1 NC_69
VCCQ_2 NC_70 VCCQ_2 NC_70 M4 J1 M4 J1
N4 J2 N4 J2 VCCQ_2 NC_70 VDD_2 NC_70
VCCQ_3 NC_71 VCCQ_3 NC_71 N4 J2 N4 J2
P3 J3 P3 J3 VCCQ_3 NC_71 VDD_3 NC_71
VCCQ_4 NC_72 VCCQ_4 NC_72 P3 J3 P3 J3
P5 J12 P5 J12 VCCQ_4 NC_72 VDD_4 NC_72
VCCQ_5 NC_74 VCCQ_5 NC_74 P5 J12 P5 J12
DAT3

DAT4

DAT5

DAT6

EMMC_CLK_BALL

EMMC_CMD_BALL

EMMC_RESET_BALL

J13 J13 VCCQ_5 NC_74 VDD_5 NC_74


C8105 C8106 NC_75 NC_75 J13 J13
0.1uF 2.2uF J14 J14 NC_75 NC_75
NC_76 NC_76 J14 J14
16V 10V E6 K1 E6 K1 NC_76 NC_76
VCC_1 NC_77 EMMC_RESET_BALL VCC_1 NC_77 E6 K1 E6 K1
F5 K2 F5 K2 VCC_1 NC_77 VDDF_1 NC_77
VCC_2 NC_78 VCC_2 NC_78 F5 K2 F5 K2
J10 K3 J10 K3 VCC_2 NC_78 VDDF_2 NC_78
VCC_3 NC_79 VCC_3 NC_79 J10 K3 J10 K3
K9 K12 K9 K12 VCC_3 NC_79 VDDF_3 NC_79
VCC_4 NC_83 VCC_4 NC_83 K9 K12 K9 K12
K13 K13 VCC_4 NC_83 VDDF_4 NC_83
NC_84 NC_84 K13 K13
EMMC_VDDI K14 K14 NC_84 NC_84
NC_85 NC_85 K14 K14
C2 L1 C2 L1 NC_85 NC_85
VDDI NC_86 VDDI NC_86 C2 L1 C2 L1
L2 L2 VDDI NC_86 VDDI NC_86
C8104 NC_87 NC_87 L2 L2
0.1uF L3 L3 NC_87 NC_87
NC_88 NC_88 L3 L3
16V E7 L12 E7 L12 NC_88 NC_88
VSS_1 NC_89 VSS_1 NC_89 E7 L12 C4 L12
G5 L13 G5 L13 VSS_1 NC_89 VSS_1 NC_89
VSS_2 NC_90 VSS_2 NC_90 G5 L13 E7 L13
H10 L14 H10 L14 VSS_2 NC_90 VSS_2 NC_90
VSS_3 NC_91 VSS_3 NC_91 H10 L14 G5 L14
K8 M1 K8 M1 VSS_3 NC_91 VSS_3 NC_91
VSS_4 NC_92 VSS_4 NC_92 K8 M1 H10 M1
C8102 C8103 C4 M2 C4 M2 VSS_4 NC_92 VSS_4 NC_92
0.1uF 2.2uF VSSQ_1 NC_93 VSSQ_1 NC_93 C4 M2 K8 M2
N2 M3 N2 M3 VSSQ_1 NC_93 VSS_5 NC_93
16V 10V VSSQ_2 NC_94 VSSQ_2 NC_94 N2 M3 N2 M3
N5 M7 N5 M7 VSSQ_2 NC_94 VSS_6 NC_94
VSSQ_3 NC_95 VSSQ_3 NC_95 N5 M7 N5 M7
P4 M8 P4 M8 VSSQ_3 NC_95 VSS_7 NC_95
VSSQ_4 NC_96 VSSQ_4 NC_96 P4 M8 P4 M8
P6 M9 P6 M9 VSSQ_4 NC_96 VSS_8 NC_96
VSSQ_5 NC_97 VSSQ_5 NC_97 P6 M9 P6 M9
M10 M10 VSSQ_5 NC_97 VSS_9 NC_97
NC_98 NC_98 M10 M10
M11 M11 NC_98 NC_98
NC_99 NC_99 M11 M11
M12 M12 NC_99 NC_99
NC_100 NC_100 M12 M12
A1 M13 A1 M13 NC_100 NC_100
DAT3 NC_1 NC_101 NC_1 NC_101 A1 M13 A1 M13
A2 M14 A2 M14 NC_1 NC_101 NC_1 NC_101
DAT4 NC_2 NC_102 NC_2 NC_102 A2 M14 A2 M14
A8 N1 A8 N1 NC_2 NC_102 NC_2 NC_102
NC_5 NC_103 NC_5 NC_103 A8 N1 A8 N1
A9 N3 A9 N3 NC_5 NC_103 NC_5 NC_103
NC_6 NC_104 NC_6 NC_104 A9 N3 A9 N3
A10 N6 A10 N6 NC_6 NC_104 NC_6 NC_104
NC_7 NC_105 EMMC_CMD_BALL NC_7 NC_105 A10 N6 A10 N6
A11 N7 A11 N7 NC_7 NC_105 NC_7 NC_105
NC_8 NC_106 NC_8 NC_106 A11 N7 A11 N7
A12 N8 A12 N8 NC_8 NC_106 NC_8 NC_106
NC_9 NC_107 NC_9 NC_107 A12 N8 A12 N8
A13 N9 A13 N9 NC_9 NC_107 NC_9 NC_107
NC_10 NC_108 NC_10 NC_108 A13 N9 A13 N9
A14 N10 A14 N10 NC_10 NC_108 NC_10 NC_108
NC_11 NC_109 NC_11 NC_109 A14 N10 A14 N10
B1 N11 B1 N11 NC_11 NC_109 NC_11 NC_109
NC_12 NC_110 NC_12 NC_110 B1 N11 B1 N11
B7 N12 B7 N12 NC_12 NC_110 NC_12 NC_110
NC_13 NC_111 NC_13 NC_111 B7 N12 B7 N12
B8 N13 B8 N13 NC_13 NC_111 NC_13 NC_111
NC_14 NC_112 NC_14 NC_112 B8 N13 B8 N13
B9 N14 B9 N14 NC_14 NC_112 NC_14 NC_112
NC_15 NC_113 NC_15 NC_113 B9 N14 B9 N14
B10 P1 B10 P1 NC_15 NC_113 NC_15 NC_113
NC_16 NC_114 NC_16 NC_114 B10 P1 B10 P1
B11 P2 B11 P2 NC_16 NC_114 NC_16 NC_114
NC_17 NC_115 NC_17 NC_115 B11 P2 B11 P2
B12 P8 B12 P8 NC_17 NC_115 NC_17 NC_115
NC_18 NC_117 EMMC_CLK_BALL NC_18 NC_117 B12 P8 B12 P8
Don’t Connect Power At VDDI EMMC_VDDI B13
B14
NC_19
NC_20
NC_118
NC_120
P9
P11
B13
B14
NC_19
NC_20
NC_118
NC_120
P9
P11
B13
B14
NC_18
NC_19
NC_117
NC_118
P9
P11
B13
B14
NC_18
NC_19
NC_117
NC_118
P9
P11
C1 P12 C1 P12 NC_20 NC_120 NC_20 NC_120
NC_21 NC_121 NC_21 NC_121 C1 P12 C1 P12
(Just Interal LDO Capacitor) DAT5
C3
C7
NC_22 NC_122
P13
P14
C3
C7
NC_22 NC_122
P13
P14
C3
NC_21
NC_22
NC_121
NC_122
P13 C3
NC_21
NC_22
NC_121
NC_122
P13
NC_24 NC_123 NC_24 NC_123 C7 P14 C7 P14
NC_24 NC_123 NC_24 NC_123

DU1 DU9 DU1 DU9


DUMMY_1 DUMMY_9 DUMMY_1 DUMMY_9
DU2 DU10 DU2 DU10
DUMMY_2 DUMMY_10 DUMMY_2 DUMMY_10
DU3 DU11 DU3 DU11
DUMMY_3 DUMMY_11 DUMMY_3 DUMMY_11
DU4 DU12 DU4 DU12
DUMMY_4 DUMMY_12 DUMMY_4 DUMMY_12
DU5 DU13 DU5 DU13
DUMMY_5 DUMMY_13 DUMMY_5 DUMMY_13
DU6 DU14 DU6 DU14
DUMMY_6 DUMMY_14 DUMMY_6 DUMMY_14
DU7 DU15 DU7 DU15
DUMMY_7 DUMMY_15 DUMMY_7 DUMMY_15
DU8 DU16 DU8 DU16
DUMMY_8 DUMMY_16 DUMMY_8 DUMMY_16

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS eMMC 11.09.29
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
81
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC.

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
+3.5V_ST
BLM18PG121SN1D

LOGO_LIGHT

P8900
L8900

12507WR-03L

Place Near Micom


1
LOGO_LIGHT
+3.5V_ST
2

R8900
10K

3
R8902
OPT

22
LOGO_LIGHT 4

LOGO_LIGHT C
B
LOGO_LIGHT
LOGO_LIGHT

1K Q8900
LOGO_LIGHT

R8903
R8901

E
C8900 LOGO_LIGHT MMBT3904(NXP)
10K

0.1uF
16V

THE SYMBOL MARK OF THIS SCHEMETIC DIAGRAM INCORPORATES


SPECIAL FEATURES IMPORTANT FOR PROTECTION FROM X-RADIATION.
FILRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARDS, WHEN SERVICING IF IS
ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY MANUFATURES SPECFIED PARTS BE USED FOR
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE SYMBOL MARK OF THE SCHEMETIC.

Downloaded
Copyright © 2012 LG from www.Manualslib.com
Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved.
Only for training and service purposes
manuals search engine LGE Internal Use Only
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2012 LED/LCD TV
Engineering guide

< Applicable Model >


XXLM760S-ZB

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
◈ CONTENT ◈

New features
Main PCBs
Block Diagrams, IIC Map
Structure of TV set and connection of sub ass’ys
New sub ass’ys
- Instruction of new sub ass’ys
- How to use tool
- Download
Adjust way of new features (widevine…)
Repair guide
The latest issue and concerning issue

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EPI Interface

EPI(Embedded Point-Point Interface)


TCON

Features
LOCK
• Point-Point topology (support 2 Pair option) 2
• CDR (Clock Data Recovery) VCC 1
• Bandwidth up to 1.85Gbps/pair
at FHD 120Hz 10 bit application
• Lock signal cascading and feedback to T-Con Figure1. Topology
• Embedded Control Data

Merits
• Better reliability on common noise
• No data skew and better EMI margin
• Fewer lines than mini-LVDS
• Slim PCB design

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EPI Interface (mini-LVDS vs. EPI)

Comparison What to change

HF mini-LVDS LCM (T-con to S-Driver IC)


HF mini- FHD (10bit)
LVDS 60Hz 120Hz 240Hz HF mini-LVDS TCON
No. of Signal 36 36 72
60pin 60pin 80pin 18 18
Connector
(2ea) (2ea) (2ea)
VCC 1
-Difficult to upgrade bandwidth limit
-Multiple number of wires needed for higher bandwidth
(FHD 120Hz)

EPI (Embedded clock P-to-P Interface)


FHD (10bit)
EPI 60Hz 120Hz 240Hz EPI TCON
960ch 960ch 720ch
No. of Signal 12 12 32 LOCK
50 pin 70pin 2
Connector -
(2ea) (2ea) VCC 1

-Better reliability on common noise


-No data skew. Better EMI margin (FHD 120Hz)
-Lower cost ( Cable, Connector ) * Bandwidth Capability
-Slim S-PCB design (14mm Æ 10mm) helps slimmer TV - FHD 120Hz 10Bit : 594Mbps@36Lines → 1.65Gbps@12Lines
- FHD 240Hz 10Bit : 594Mbps@72Lines → 1.25Gbps@32Lines

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EPI Interface (mini-LVDS vs. EPI)
HF mini-LVDS EPI

TCON
TCON
Lock
Topology
2
1

Protocol

• Multi Drop • Point to Point


Features
• Data rate: 660Mbps • Data rate : 1.8Gbps
@10bit, FHD120
• External clock • Embedded clock, Control

• Fewer Lines : 12
• Simple structure • Embedded clock
Merit
• Standardization : low EMI, Clock skew free
• Easy to PCB design

• Too many lines : 36


• Clock skew • Transmission Overhead
Demerit
• EMI due to clock lines : 4bit delimiter
• Bandwidth limit

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Main PCB for Broadband Main + TCON all in one

1
xxLM760S-ZB
Chassis : LD22E
PCB P/No : EAX64307905

G/S
model
To PSU
3
5 LNB IC
2 Only G/S model

To module 1

Main processor, DDR Memory


1
eMMC Memory

2 Micom for Key/IR sensing


WIFI 6

Soft touch +IR 4


3 PMIC
1
2
Front Spk
4 Audio AMP (10W+10W)

RF Assy
5 EPI Wafer

6 Level shifter

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MTK5369 Block Diagram( LM76 )
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X_TAL DDR3 X DDR3 X
ANALOG 27MHz 1600 X 16 1600 X 16
Air/ CI slot SYSTEM
Cable
DEMOD
(2Gb) (2Gb) Power load
TUNER DDR3 X
(T/C)
P_TS 1600 X 16
DIGITAL
P_TS (2Gb)
DEMOD
(T/C)
IF(+/-) DDR
T/C Demod SYSTEM
CVBS CONTROLER A/B
DDR3 X
DVB-S TUNER DIGITAL CVBS
DEMOD 1600 X 16
(S2) P_TS
(S2) TS_S/P (2Gb)
USB1
USB2
USB SYSTEM EEPROM X 1
USB3 (256Kb)
LNB USB_WIFI

HDMI1 Side (HDCP eMMC X 1


HDMI2 (4GB)
HDMI EEPROM)
HDMI3 MUX 51P
LVDS 41P
HDMI4
50P
EPI 50P

Audio
MTK I2S Out
AMP
(NTP7500
or STA)

SPI LOCAL DIMMING

M-Remote
Rear UART Module

PC-RGB RGB,H/V
IR Remote Control
PC-AUDIO L/R In

OPTIC SPDIF OUT Sub Micom


I2C
(RENESASA)
LAN Ethernet UART

RS-232C

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Jack Interface

Main SoC
MTK
SPDIF_OUT
[SPDIF_OUT]
[ASPDIF0] SPDIF

Full Scart(18 Pin Gender)


SC_R/G/B +
[PR0P],[PB0P],[Y0P]
SC_DET
[OPCTRL8]
AV1_CVBS_IN
[CVBS0P]
AV1_L_IN
SC_L/R_IN [AIN0_L_ADDC] [AIN3_L_AADC]
[AIN3_R_AADC]
AV1_R_IN
[AIN0_R_AADC]
[OPCTRL5]
AV1_CVBS_DET
SC_FB [SOY0] CVBS 1 PHONE JACK
SC_ID [ADIN0_SRV]

SC_CVBS_IN [CVBS2P] HP_LOUT_MAIN HP_LOUT_AMP


[AL0_ADAC] IC6100 EARPHONE
[AR0_ADAC JACK
HP_ROUT_MAIN TPA6132A2 HP_ROUT_AMP
DTV/MNT_V_OUT [VDACX_OUT]
[VDACY_OUT]

DTV/MNT_L_OUT [SCART_LOUT] [AUOUTL0]


DTV/MNT_R_OUT
IC6000 [SCART_ROUT] [AUOUTR0] PC_L_IN
AZ4580M [AIN2_L_AADC] PC AUDIO
PC_R_IN
[AIN2_R_AADC]

RGB_PC
COMP 1 PHONE JACK

COMP1_Y/Pb/Pr DSUB_DET
[Y1P],[PB1P],[PR1P] [OPCTRL7]
COMP1_DET
[OPCTRL9] RGB_DDC_SCL
[VGA_SCL]
[VGA_SDA]
RGB_DDC_SDA

DSUB_R+, DSUB_G+, DSUB_B+


[RP],[GP],[BP]
DSUB_VSYNC, DSUB_HSYNC
[VSYNC], [HSYNC]

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GP4 Backend block diagram (EPI & T-con)
50Pin
VCC SWN EPI LEFT

VGL_FB

CTRLN
IC7700
VDD TPS65178
CTRLP

VGH_FB

SWP
VCOM_P/N/LOOP

VGL_I

Main
SoC
MTK VCOM, GIP_RST
DISCHG VGL_I
R(0옴)
EO_SOC EO OPT
[TCON6]
GST_SOC GST VGH_ODD, VGH_EVEN
[TCON5] R IC7701
MCLK_SOC VGH_R, VGH_F, VST
(47옴) MCLK
[TCON4]
GCLK_SOC GCLK
TPS65198 CLK1~6_I R CLK1~6
[TCON3] (0옴)

50Pin
EPI RIGHT

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GP4 Backend block diagram (EPI & T-Con)
50Pin
VCC18 EPI LEFT
Vcore

H_VDD

VDD
TXA1N/P, TXACLKN/P, TXA4N/P
EPI VCOMLFB

CH1/2/3

GMA[1][3][9][10][12][14][15][16][18]
[TCON7] VCOM_DYN

EPI_LOCK3
Z_OUT
[TCON8] PMIC_RESET
Main SoC [OPCTRL11] I2C_SDA2 GMA[4][5][7][12][15]
IC7700
MTK [OPCTRL10] I2C_SCL2
TPS65178

EPI_LOCK6_SOURCE

EPI_LOCK6

VCOMRFB

EPI TXA0N/P, TXB1N/P, TXB2N/P

CH4/5/6 VCC18

Vcore

H_VDD

VDD
50Pin
EPI RIGHT

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GP4 Backend block diagram (LVDS Tx & Local Dimming)

L/DIMO_SCLK
[LDM_CK]

L/DIMO_MOSI
[LDM_D0]

I2C_SCL1
[STB_SCL]

[STB_SDA]
I2C_SDA1

L/DIMO_VS
[LDM_VSYNC]

Main SoC
MTK PANEL_VCC
(+12V)

Dual-link LVDS Output 51Pin


LVDS
24
10-bit (R) Output
LVDS_SEL

LVDS Tx BIT_SEL_LOW

Block
Dual-link LVDS Output 41Pin
24 LVDS
10-bit (R)
Output

• LVDS_SEL : “H”=JEIDA, “L” or NC=VESA (LGD)


• BIT_SEL : “H” or NC = 10-bit, “L” = 8-bit

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Interconnection - 1
[PCBs]
xxLM760S-ZA
1 Main PCB

2 Power Board

3 3 Tact key PCB


2 6 1 4 RF Assy

5 WIFI Assy
1

2
[Cables]
1 Main / LPB 24Pin cable
3 4 Main / Module EPI cable
T-con Driver 2
50& 50PIN
5 7 8 3 LED driver / PSU

4 10Pin (IR+Touch) Cable

5 SPK Cable

6 Local Dimming Cable

5 4 7 RF Assy Cable

8 WIFI Assy Cable

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2012Y IR + Soft touch PCB Pinmap

Circuit Block Diagram KEY1, KEY2 Voltage


(Tolerance of voltage ±0.2V)

Ass’y Picture

Pin Configuration

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2012Y IR + Soft Touch LED Lighting Scenario

Power LED Scenario


구분 Spec 내용 비고

- 12Y GP4 High(L9), GP4 Mid(MTK), GP4 Low(S7LR2)


Power Æ “ Power Light” UI Delete compared with 11Y(GP3 model)
-
Indicator UI - 11Y Carry Over Model : 12Y same Power LED scenario process
Æ “ Power Light “ UI Delete, The way of 11Y Soft Touch Ass’y is used. White LED Disable

- Stand-By condition to Red LED On : After DC ON, Red LED light Blinks twice and then Red LED is Off
Power On -
- Stand-By condition to Red LED Off : After DC ON, Red LED light Blinks three times and then Red LED is Off

- Without Blink, Red LED On immediately


Power Off -
But, If the mode of Power Indicator UI is Stand-By, keep staying Red LED Off status

User Remote Key


Condition - When you put the remote Control button, Red LED Blinks once -
input

Warm - Red LED On stays and In the case of Set On, Red LED turns Off Same
GP4 as the
(High/Mid/Low) Stand-by Æ Including DVR Ready model, Japanese model 11Y
Power LED
Scenario Same
3D mode - Red LED Off (Power On condition is identical) as the
11Y

Factory - 12Y LED Model : Stand-By On (Red LED On)


Default - 12Y CCFL Model : Stand-By On (Red LED On)
-
Mode - 11Y Carry Over Model (CS5XX/CM5XX) : Stand-By On (Red LED On)
Factory (In-Stop) - After In-Stop, Red LED On is processed and after In-Stop, Red LED turns on within 3 sec
Condition

Power Only - In the case of Power Only On, Red LED turns Off
-
Mode - In the case of DC Off, Red LED turns On

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introductions of GP4 Sensor (Touch IC)

Manual of Touch Sensitivity

1. Verify the number of THR at first.

2. Once you correctly touch Touch button for more than 1 sec, you
can see a Touch data while you keep touching the button.

3. Keep in mind that you can only read the Touch data during touch
status.

4. It doesn’t matter that Touch data gets low value after taking off
your finger.

Touch Key Threshold Level (Ta = 25ºC )

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introductions of GP4 Sensor (Touch IC)

Touch EEPROM Register change with USB port


1. Write all of the address, value (Hex) as a below. capable of only
Touch.txt file based on the left picture

2. Make the file [ Filename :


‘Touch.txt’ ] and move it to USB (The
outermost area, Don’t move it to any
folder)

3. Connect USB to TV and press


button ‘ADJ menu’ and then choose
the ‘touch sensitivity setting’

4. Press button ‘SIMPLINK (Simply


Link key)’ and then you can see the
OK Pop up.

5. After that, you check it the IR LED


version on In-start menu and verify
it that the number of version is Addr Value
changed to what you want.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introductions of 12Y RF ass’y + Magic Remote control

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1. System

UART
RF or USB

RF Receiver TV
Remote

™ Pairing Information Transmission (Send to TV after Paired)


• Static Calibration Data (Bypass only)
• Remote FW ver. (Save also in Receiver)
• BD_ADDR (Save also in Receiver)
• Pairing Information Transmission Sequence
• When it is paired, the remote sends packets(pairing success, F/W version, BD_ADDR) to the receiver.
• The receiver sends the pairing success packet to TV directly.
• F/W version and BD_ADDR packets are just saved on the receiver.
• The receiver sends F/W version or BD_ADDR packet to TV when it is required.
™ Motion Data Transmission
• Period : 7.5msec
• Motion Data : gyro, accelerometer
™ Voice Data Transmission
• Period : 10msec
• Voice sampling : 16khz 16bit

Æ See “6-2. Packets” on page 8.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2. Remote Buttons (M3 vs. M4)

RF Unpaired RF Paired IR continuous


BUTTON ETC.
IR_CODE RF_CODE repeat
power POWER 0x08 0x08 Y IR only

mute power BACK 0x28 0x8028 Y


HOME 0x7C 0x807C Y
home back home ← 0x07 0x8007 Y
→ 0x06 0x8006 Y
↑ ↑ ↑ 0x40 0x8040 Y
↓ 0x41 0x8041 Y
← ok → ← ok → Phsical OK 0x75 0x8044 Y
Buttons CH + 0x00 0x8000 Y
↓ ↓ CH - 0x01 0x8001 Y
VOL + 0x02 0x8002 Y
vol ch volmutech VOL - 0x03 0x8003 Y
MUTE 0x09 0x8009 Y .
voice 3D star 3D_Mode 0xDC 0x80DC Y
MyAPPS 0x42 0x8042 Y
VOICE 0x800A Y = VOICE_START
AUTO_WAKEUP X 0x800C
VOICE_START X 0x800A
Logical
VOICE_STOP X 0x800D
Buttons
POINT_START X 0x803E

M3 Remote M4 Remote POINT_STOP X 0x803F

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. M4 Block Diagram

I2C Antenna
MPU-3050 (Gyro) Antenna
(Invensense)
I2C
LIS331DLH(Accel.) X-tal BCM20702M
(STMicro) BCM20733M 24 MHz (BROADCOM)
(BROADCOM) Bluetooth 4.0
Bluetooth 3.0 SPI
512Kbit
Voice (Serial Flash)
I2S
SPI WM8950
256Kbit (Wolfson) X-tal
(E2PROM) 20 MHz
MIC.
(Knowles)
Key Button UART
(4x5)
M4 4-mode Only

Power Management
Connector
AA x 2 Battery DC-DC 2.8V LDO 2.8V LDO

Bluetooth Remocon Bluetooth Receiver

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. Function list

주요 Item IC Manufacturer Function

Voice Codec WM8950 Wolfson 16KHz Sampling of Audio data


Voice
MEMS Mic. SPU0414HR5H Knowles Sensing Voice

Gyro Sensor ITG3050 Invensense Sensing angular velocity of X, Y, Z-axis


Motion
Sensor
Accelerometer MMA8452 Stmicro Sensing device tilt (Pitch & Roll angle)

RF Antenna SDBTPTR3015 Partron


Remocon RF
Wireless communication
+ X-tal 24MHz Partron
Micom
RF + Micom BCM20733 Broadcom

DC-DC Converter TPS61097 TI Battery Boost up Regulator

LDO1 uPI7716 uPI RF, Gyro, Accelerometer Power Supply

LDO2 uPI7716 uPI Audio Codec, Mic. Power Supply

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. RF Pairing / Un-pairing Method

Method Description
• When do pairing, the remote
should make pairing request IR
signal(0x29) to TV.
™ Method1 • When TV receive the IR signal, it
– If unpaired, just press "OK" button. should send "pairing request
packet" to the RF receiver.
– If paired, press "OK" button after
RF Pairing • After pairing success, the remote
unpairing.
should blink LED for some time and
™ Method 2 (Repairing) TV send "pairing success packet"
– Press “BACK" button for 5 sec. back to TV.
• When remote try to unpairing, it
doesn’t care about state of
receiver(stand alone).
• When remote try to unpairing, it
doesn’t care about state of
receiver(stand alone).
• After unpairing, all pairing
Press “HOME" button and “BACK" button at information should be erased.
RF Unpairing
the same time for 5 sec.
• After unpairing, LED should be
blinked for 3sec.
• The remote just becomes to IR
mode.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introductions of 12Y WIFI built in ass’y

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WIFI Built in ass’y feature(LGIT)

WIFI built in feature - Pin map

PIN USB interface

1 5V

2 DM

3 DP
4 GND

- Block diagram

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WIFI Built in Block-diagram(Arcadyan)

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WIFI Built in ass’y Specification

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12Y Widevine & HDCP 2.0 & NETFLX

1. Widevine?
2. HDCP 2.0 & NETFLIX?
3. DTCP?
4. Changed BOM

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1. Widevine?

[Widevine]

Widevine is the Solution(Library) offering Adaptive Streaming and DRM.


In BBTV, when special CP do service, this module is required key.
Currently CP which is requested to widevine, is typically Australian Bigpond Live and
North American CinemaNow.
Furthermore, because the future will be the spread of CP, widevine key download for the
global model should be applied to production.
(Because operation unique key should be downloaded for Widevine , Widevine key
dowmload by NSU is impossible.)

[Widevine Key]
Widevine Key is unique data stored TV for using Widevine.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2. HDCP 2.0 & NETFLIX?
‰ HDCP

9 High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection

9 Protect high-value digital motion pictures, television programs and audio


against unauthorized interception and copying between a digital set top box or
digital video recorder and a digital TV or PC.

9 Specification developed by Intel Corporation to protect digital entertainment


across the DVI/HDMI interface.

‰ Why HDCP2.0?

9 HDCP revision 2.0 supports a broader range of wired and wireless interfaces.

‰ Netflix

9 the services maintain a huge selection of movies and latest releases and offer
DVD rentals via mail & online streaming.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. DTCP?

[DTCP]

The Digital Transmission Content Protection Specification defines a cryptogrphic


protocol for protecting audio/video entertainment content from unauthorized copying,
intercepting, and tampering as it traverses digital transmission mechanisms such as a
high-performance serial bus that conforms to the IEEE 1394-1995 standard. Only
legitimate entertainment content delivered to a source device via another approved copy
protection system (such as the DVD Content Scrambling System) will be protected by
this protection system.

[Three cryptographic Keys]

• Authentication Key which is formed as a result of authentication and used to protect the
exchange keys.

•Exchage Key which is used to set up and protect content streams.

•Content Key which is used to encrpt the content being exchanged.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. Changed BOM
As-Was Current

Æ 추가

 Add Item
1.Marlin (Yes/No)
2.CNTV (Yes/No)
3.HDCP Tx (Yes/No)
4.DTCP Rx (Yes/No)
5.HDCP Rx (Yes/No)
주3) CNTV [Yes] : China Smart TV Only

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. Changed BOM

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Contents of LCD TV Standard Repair Process

No. Error symptom (High category) Error symptom (Mid category) Page Remarks

1 No video/Normal audio 1

2 No video/No audio 2

3 A. Video error Video error, video lag/stop, fail tunning 3, 4

4 Color error 5

Vertical/Horizontal bar, residual image, light


5 6
spot, external device color error
6 No power 7
B. Power error Off when on, off while viewing, power auto
7 8
on/off
8 No audio/Normal video 9
C. Audio error
9 Wrecked audio/discontinuation/noise 10
No response in remote controller, key error,
10 11
D. Function error recording error, memory error
11 External device recognition error 12

12 E. Noise Circuit noise, mechanical noise 13

13 F. Exterior error Exterior defect 14

First of all, Check whether there is SVC Bulletin in GCSC System for these model.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Contents of LCD TV Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
No. Error symptom Content Page Remarks
1 Check LCD back light with naked eye A1
2 LED driver B+ 24V measuring method A2
A. Video error_ No video/Normal audio
3 Check White Balance value A3
4 Power Board voltage measuring method A4
6 TUNER input signal strength checking method A6
A. Video error_ No video/Video lag/stop
7 LCD-TV Version checking method A7
9 LCD TV connection diagram A8
10 Tuner Checking Part A9
A. Video error_Color error A10 A10 : 32/37/42/47/55
11 Check Link Cable (LVDS) reconnection condition
A11 A11 : 32 AUO
12 Adjustment Test pattern - ADJ Key A12
13 LCD TV connection diagram A8
A. Video error_Vertical/Horizontal bar, A10 A10 : 32/37/42/47/55
14 Check Link Cable (LVDS) reconnection condition
residual image, light spot A11 A11 : 32 AUO
15 Adjustment Test pattern - ADJ Key A12
16 Exchange T-Con Board (1) A-1/5

17 Exchange T-Con Board (2) A-2/5


<Appendix>
Defected Type caused by T-Con/ Inverter/ 55” : driver board
18 Exchange LED driver Board (PSU) A-3/5
Module Other : PS
19 Exchange Module itself (1) A-4/5
20 Exchange Module itself (2) A-5/5

Continue to the next page

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process
Established
Error A. Video error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
No video/ Normal audio Revised date 1/13

First of all, Check whether all of cables between board is inserted properly or not.
(Main B/D↔ Power B/D, LVDS Cable,Speaker Cable,IR B/D Cable,,,)

☞A1 ☞A4
No video Normal Y Check Back Light Y Check Power Board Normal Y Replace T-con Board
Normal audio On or module
audio On with naked eye 12v,3.5v etc. voltage
And Adjust VCOM
N N N ☞A28
Move to No
☞A2 Check Power Board 24v output Repair Power Board
video/No audio or parts

Replace Inverter
Normal Y
or module
voltage

End
N
Repair Power
Board or parts

※Precaution ☞A7 & A3


Always check & record S/W Version and White
Balance value before replacing the Main Board Replace Main Board Re-enter White Balance value

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error A. Video error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
No video/ No audio Revised date 2/13

☞A4
Check various voltages Check and
Normal Y
No Video/ of Power Board replace
No audio ( 3.5V,12V,20V or voltage?
MAIN B/D
24V…)
N End

Replace Power
Board and repair
parts

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error A. Picture Problem date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
Picture broken/ Freezing Revised date 3/13

. By using Digital signal level meter


☞ A6
. By using Diagnostics menu on OSD
Check RF Signal level ( Menu→ Set up→ Support → Signal Test )
- Signal strength (Normal : over 50%)
- Signal Quality (Normal: over 50%)

Y Check whether other equipments have problem or not.


Normal
(By connecting RF Cable at other equipment)
Signal?
→ DVD Player ,Set-Top-Box, Different maker TV etc`

N
■ Menu→Setup →Booster
☞ A7
Check RF Cable Booster menu
Normal Y Check SVC N Normal Y
Connection On→Off: Check Close
1. Reconnection Picture? S/W Version Bulletin? Picture?
Off→On: Check
2. Install Booster
N Y N

S/W Upgrade Check


Normal N Contact with signal distributor Tuner soldering
Picture? or broadcaster (Cable or Air)
Normal N
Y Picture? Replace
Main B/D
Y
Close
Close

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error A. Picture Problem (DVB-S/S2) date 2011. 01 .24
LCD TV symptom
Tuning fail, Picture broken/ Freezing Revised date 3/13

☞ A6 Check RF signal cable (DVB satellite signal or not)


Check whether other equipments have problem or not.
Check RF Signal level
(By connecting RF Cable at other equipment)
→ Set-Top-Box, Different maker TV etc

Check satellite setting. ☞ A7


- Check LNB frequency. Y N
Normal Y Normal Check SVC Check Replace
- Check satellite
Signal? setting? S/W Version Bulletin? Tuner soldering Main B/D
- Check Satellite connection
(DiSEqC, motor, etc…) Y
N N
S/W Upgrade

Contact with
Change satellite setting N
signal distributor Normal
(match with installed ANT)
or broadcaster Picture?
(Cable or Air)
Y
Normal N
Picture? Close
Close
Y

Close

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error A. Video error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
Color error Revised date 4/13

☞A8
☞ A10/ A11
※ Check and Y
Check color by input
replace Link
-External Input Y Y
Color Cable Color Color
-COMPONENT Replace Main B/D Replace module
error? (LVDS) and error? error?
-RGB
contact
-HDMI/DVI N N N
condition

Check error End


color input mode

☞A12 Check
External Input/ External device Y
external
Check Test pattern Component /Cable Replace Main B/D
device and
error normal
cable
N

Request repair
for external
device/cable

RGB/ Check external External device Y


HDMI/DVI device and /Cable Replace Main B/D
error cable normal

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

A. Video error Established


Error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom Vertical / Horizontal bar, residual image,
Revised date 5/13
light spot, external device color error

Vertical/Horizontal bar, residual image, light spot Replace


Module
☞A8
☞ A10/ A11 N
Check color condition by input Check external
Check and
☞ A28
-External Input Screen Y device Y Screen N Screen
-Component Normal? replace Link Replace Main B/D
normal? connection normal? normal?
-RGB Cable (adjust VCOM)
condition
-HDMI/DVI
N N For LGD panel Y
Y
Replace Main B/D
Replace Request repair End End
for external
☞A12 module
device For other panel
Check Test pattern

External device screen error-Color error


Check screen
condition by input
N -External Input External
Check S/W Version Check
-Component Input Connect other external N
version
-RGB error device and cable Screen Replace
-HDMI/DVI (Check normal operation of normal? Main B/D
Y External Input, Component,
Component RGB and HDMI/DVI by
error Y
S/W Upgrade connecting Jig, pattern
Generator ,Set-top Box etc.
Request repair for
external device
RGB Connect other external
error device and cable Y
Normal N
screen? (Check normal operation of N Replace
Screen
External Input, Component,
normal? Main B/D
HDMI/ RGB and HDMI/DVI by
Y connecting Jig, pattern
DVI
Generator ,Set-top Box etc.
End

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error B. Power error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
No power Revised date 6/13

☞A17 ☞A19
DC Power on
Check Power LED Y Normal N Check Power Y Replace
by pressing Power Key OK? Power
Power LED On? operation? On ‘”High”
On Remote control B/D
. Stand-By: Red N N
Y
. Operating: white
Check Power cord Replace Main B/D
was inserted properly
☞A4
N Measure voltage of each output of Power B/D
Normal?

Y
Y Y
※ Normal
voltage?
Replace Main B/D
Close Normal
Check ST-BY 3.5V
Y
voltage? N
☞A18
Replace Power B/D
N

Replace Power
B/D

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error B. Power error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
Off when on, off while viewing, power auto on/off Revised date 7/13

Check outlet

☞A22
N Y
Check A/C cord Error? Check Power Off CPU End
Replace Main B/D Normal?
Mode Abnormal

N
Check for all 3- phase
power out Y Abnormal Replace Power B/D
1

Fix A/C cord & Outlet ☞A19


and check each 3
(If Power Off mode is
phase out
not displayed) Normal Y
Replace Main B/D
Check Power B/D voltage?
voltage
N
※ Caution
Check and fix exterior
Replace Power B/D
of Power B/D Part

* Please refer to the all cases which Status Power off List Explanation
"POWEROFF_REMOTEKEY" Power off by REMOTE CONTROL
can be displayed on power off mode.
"POWEROFF_OFFTIMER" Power off by OFF TIMER
"POWEROFF_SLEEPTIMER" Power off by SLEEP TIMER
"POWEROFF_INSTOP" Power off by INSTOP KEY
"POWEROFF_AUTOOFF" Power off by AUTO OFF
Normal "POWEROFF_ONTIMER" Power off by ON TIMER
"POWEROFF_RS232C" Power off by RS232C
"POWEROFF_RESREC" Power off by Reservated Record
"POWEROFF_RECEND" Power off by End of Recording
"POWEROFF_SWDOWN" Power off by S/W Download
"POWEROFF_UNKNOWN" Power off by unknown status except listed case
"POWEROFF_ABNORMAL1" Power off by abnormal status except CPU trouble
Abnormal
"POWEROFF_CPUABNORMAL" Power off by CPU Abnormal

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error C. Audio error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
No audio/ Normal video Revised date 8/13

☞A24 ☞A25
Check user N Check audio B+ 24V Y
No audio Normal
menu > Off of Power Board
Screen normal voltage
Speaker off
Y N

Cancel OFF Replace Power Board and repair parts

Check Speaker N
Disconnection Replace MAIN Board End
disconnection

Replace Speaker

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error C. Audio error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
Wrecked audio/ discontinuation/noise Revised date 9/13

→ abnormal audio/discontinuation/noise is same after “Check input signal” compared to No audio

☞A25
Wrecked audio/
Check and replace
Discontinuation/ Check audio
speaker and
Noise for B+ Voltage (24V)
connector
Check input all audio
signal Y Y
Signal
-RF
normal? Wrecked audio/
-External Input Normal
signal Discontinuation/
N Replace Main B/D voltage?
Noise only
for D-TV
N
Wrecked audio/
Discontinuation/
Replace Power B/D
Noise only
for Analog
(When RF signal is not
received)
Request repair to external Wrecked audio/ Replace Main B/D End
cable/ANT provider Discontinuation/
Noise only
(In case of External for External Input
N
Input signal error) Connect and check Normal
Check and fix other external device audio?
external device
Y

Check and fix external device

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

D. General Function Problem Established


Error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
Remote control & Local switch checking Revised date 10/13

1. Remote control(R/C) operating error Replace


Main B/D
☞A27 ☞A27 ☞A27
Check & Repair N Y Y
Check R/C itself Normal Y Normal Check B+ 3.5V Normal Check IR Normal
Cable connection
Operation operating? operating? On Main B/D Voltage? Output signal Signal?
Connector solder
N
Y N N
☞A4
Check R/C Operating Check & Replace Close Check 3.5v on Power B/D Repair/Replace
When turn off light Baterry of R/C Replace Power B/D or IR B/D
in room Replace Main B/D
(Power B/D don’t have problem)
If R/C operate, Normal
Close
Explain the customer operating?
cause is interference
from light in room. N

Replace R/C

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error D. Function error date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
External device recognition error Revised date 11/13

Y Check technical
Check External Input and
Signal information Technical N
input Component Replace Main B/D
input? - Fix information information?
signal Recognition error
- S/W Version
N Y

RGB,HDMI/
Check and fix DVI, Optical
Fix in Replace Main B/D
external device/cable Recognition error
accordance
with technical
information

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error E. Noise date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
Circuit noise, mechanical noise Revised date 12/13

Replace PSU(with LED driver)


Check
Identify Circuit OR
location of
nose type noise
noise Replace LED driver

Mechanical Check location of


noise noise

※ When the nose is severe, replace the module


※ Mechanical noise is a natural (For models with fix information, upgrade the S/W or
phenomenon, and apply the 1st level provide the description)
description. When the customer does not OR
agree, apply the process by stage.
※ If there is a “Tak Tak” noise from the cabinet,
※ Describe the basis of the description in
refer to the KMS fix information and then proceed
“Part related to nose” in the Owner’s Manual.
as shown in the solution manual
(For models without any fix information, provide
the description)

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process

Established
Error F. Exterior defect date 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV symptom
Exterior defect Revised date 13/13

Zoom part with Module


Replace module Adjust VCOM
exterior damage damage
☞A28

Cabinet
damage Replace cabinet

Remote
controller Replace remote controller
damage

Stand
dent Replace stand

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Contents of LCD TV Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Continued from previous page

No. Error symptom Content Page Remarks

21 Check front display LED A17

22 Check power input Voltage & ST-BY 5V A18

23 B. Power error_No power Checking method when power is ON A19

24 POWER BOARD voltage measuring method A4

25
B. Power error_Off when on, off while
26 POWER OFF MODE checking method A22
viewing
B. Power error_Off when on, off while
27 POWER BOARD PIN voltage checking method A19
viewing
Checking method in menu when there is no
28 A24
audio
C. Audio error_No audio/Normal video
Voltage and speaker checking method when
29 A25
there is no audio
C. Audio error_Wrecked Voltage and speaker checking method in
30 A25
audio/discontinuation case of audio error
D. Function error_ No response in
31 Remote controller operation checking method A27
remote controller, key error
32 D. VCOM Adjustment Sequence of the Vcom adjustment A28

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom A. Video error_No video/Normal audio date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
Revised
Content Check White Balance value A4
date

<ALL MODELS>

Entry method
Entry method

1.
1. Press
Press the
the ADJ
ADJ button
button on
on the
the remote
remote controller
controller for
for adjustment.
adjustment.

2.
2. Enter
Enter into
into White
White Balance
Balance of
of item
item 6.
7.

3. After
3. After recording
recording the
the R,
R, G,
G, B
B (GAIN,
(GAIN, Cut)
Cut) value
value of
of Color
Color Temp
Temp (Cool/Medium/Warm),
(Cool/Medium/Warm), re-
re-
enter
enter the
the value
value after
after replacing
replacing the
the MAIN
MAIN BOARD.
BOARD.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom A. Video error_No video/ Audio date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
Revised
Content Power Board voltage measuring method A5
date

Check the DC 24V, 12V, 3.5V.

Edge LED 24 Pin (Power Board ↔ Main Board)


SMAW200-H24S (YEONHO)

1 Power on 2 24V

3 24V 4 24V

5 GND 6 GND

7 GND 8 GND

9 3.5V 10 3.5V

11 3.5V 12 3.5V

13 GND 14 GND

15 GND 16 GND

17 12V 18 Inverter On/off

19 12V 20 Lamp : A-Dim


LED : N.C

21 12V 22 PWM Dim #1

23 GND/P_DIM2 24 Error-out
• Lamp SCANNING Model
: PWM Dim #2

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom A. Video error_Video error, video lag/stop date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
TUNER input signal strength checking method Revised
Content A6
date

<ALL MODELS>

MENU -Æ Set up Æ support -Æ signal test


-Æ select channel

When the signal is strong, use the


attenuator (-10dB, -15dB, -20dB etc.)

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom A. Video error_Video error, video lag/stop date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
LCD-TV Version checking method Revised
Content A7
date

<ALL MODELS> 1. Checking method for remote controller for adjustment

Version

Press the IN-START with the remote


controller for adjustment

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error A. Video error _Vertical/Horizontal bar, Established
symptom 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV residual image, light spot date
Revised
Content LCD TV connection diagram (1) A8
date

<ALL MODELS>

As the part connecting to the external input, check the


screen condition by signal

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom
A. Video error_Video error, video lag/stop 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV date
TUNER checking part Revised
Content A9
date

<ALL MODELS>

Checking method:
1. Check the signal strength or check whether the screen is normal when the external device is connected.
2. After measuring each voltage from power supply, finally replace the MAIN BOARD.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom
A. Video error_Color error 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV date
Adjustment Test pattern - ADJ Key Revised
Content A12
date

You can view 6 types of patterns using the ADJ Key

Checking item : 1. Defective pixel 2. Residual image 3. MODULE error (ADD-BAR,SCAN BAR..)
4.Video error (Classification of MODULE or Main-B/D!)

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Appendix : Exchange T-Con Board (1)

Solder defect, CNT Broken Solder defect, CNT Broken Solder defect, CNT Broken

Solder defect, CNT Broken T-Con


T-Con Defect,
Defect,
Solder
T-Con CNT
CNT
defect,CNT
Defect, Broken
Broken
CNTBroken
Broken Abnormal Power Section

Solder defect, Short/Crack Abnormal Power Section Solder defect, Short/Crack

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Appendix : Exchange T-Con Board (2)

Abnormal Power Section Abnormal Power Section Solder defect, Short/Crack

Solder defect, Short/Crack Fuse Open, Abnormal power section Abnormal Display

GRADATION Noise GRADATION

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Appendix : Exchange PSU(LED driver)

No Light Dim Light

Dim Light Dim Light

No picture/Sound Ok

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Appendix : Exchange the Module (1)

Panel Mura, Light leakage Panel Mura, Light leakage Press damage

Crosstalk Press damage Crosstalk

Un-repairable Cases
In this case please exchange the module.

Press damage

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Appendix : Exchange the Module (2)

Vertical Block Vertical Line Vertical Block


Source TAB IC Defect Source TAB IC Defect Source TAB IC Defect

Horizontal Block Horizontal


Gate TAB IC Block
Defect Horizontal line
Gate TAB IC Defect
Gate TAB IC Defect Gate TAB IC Defect Gate TAB IC Defect

Un-repairable Cases
In this case please exchange the module.

Horizontal Block
Gate TAB IC Defect
Gate TAB IC Defect

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom B. Power error _No power date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
Revised
Content Check front display LED A17
date

Front LED control :


Menu Æ Option Æ Power Indicator
Æ Standby light ON

ST-BY condition: Red


Power ON condition: white

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom B. Power error _No power date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
Revised
Content Check power input voltage and ST-BY 5V A18
date

For ’10 models, there is no voltage out for st-by purpose.


When st-by, only 3.5V is normally on.

Check the DC 20V/24V, 12V, 3.5V.

24 Pin (Power Board ↔ Main Board)


Edge LED SMAW200-H24S (YEONHO)

1 Power on 2 24V

3 24V 4 24V
Edge LED
5 GND 6 GND

7 GND 8 GND

9 3.5V 10 3.5V

11 3.5V 12 3.5V

13 GND 14 GND

15 GND 16 GND

17 12V 18 Inverter On/off

19 12V 20 Lamp : A-Dim


LED : N.C

21 12V 22 PWM Dim #1

23 GND/P_DIM2 24 Error-out
• Lamp SCANNING Model
: PWM Dim #2

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom B. Power error _No power date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
Revised
Content Checking method when power is ON A19
date

Check “power on” pin is high

24 Pin (Power Board ↔ Main Board)


SMAW200-H24S (YEONHO)
Edge LED
1 Power on 2 24V

3 24V 4 24V

Edge LED 5 GND 6 GND

7 GND 8 GND

9 3.5V 10 3.5V

11 3.5V 12 3.5V

13 GND 14 GND

15 GND 16 GND

17 12V 18 Inverter On/off

19 12V 20 Lamp : A-Dim


LED : N.C

21 12V 22 PWM Dim #1

23 GND/P_DIM2 24 Error-out
• Lamp SCANNING Model
: PWM Dim #2

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom B. Power error _Off when on, off whiling viewing 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV date
Revised
Content POWER OFF MODE checking method A22
date

<ALL MODELS>

Entry method

1. Press the IN-START button of the remote controller


for adjustment

2. Check the entry into adjustment item 3

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom C. Audio error_No audio/Normal video 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV date
Revised
Content Checking method in menu when there is no audio A24
date

<ALL MODELS>

Checking method
1. Press the MENU button on the remote controller
2. Select the AUDIO function of the Menu
3. Select TV Speaker from Off to On

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom C. Audio error_No audio/Normal video date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
Voltage and speaker checking method Revised
Content A25
when there is no audio date

<ALL MODELS> 24 Pin (Power Board ↔ Main Board)

SMAW200-H24S (YEONHO)

② 1 Power on 2 20V (24V) ①


3 20V (24V) 4 20V (24V)

5 GND 6 GND

7 GND 8 GND

9 3.5V 10 3.5V
② 11 3.5V 12 3.5V

13 GND 14 GND

15 GND 16 GND

17 12V 18 Inverter On/off ③


19 12V 20 Lamp : A-Dim
LED : N.C

21 12V 22 PWM Dim #1

23 GND/P_DIM2 24 Error-out

Checking order when there is no audio

① Check the contact condition of or 24V connector of Main Board

② Measure the 24V input voltage supplied from Power Board


(If there is no input voltage, remove and check the connector)

③ Connect the tester RX1 to the speaker terminal and if you hear the Chik Chik sound when you touch the GND
and output terminal, the speaker is normal.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error D. Function error_ No response in remote controller, Established
symptom key error 2010. 12 .14
LCD TV date
Revised
Content Remote controller operation checking method A27
date

<ALL MODELS>
P4102
1 SCL
2 SDA
3 GND
4 KEY1
5 KEY2
③ 6 St 3.5V
7 GND
8 RED_LED
④ 9 IR
10 GND

Checking order
1, 2. Check IR cable condition between IR & Main board.
3. Check the st-by 3.3V on the terminal 6.
4. When checking the Pre-Amp when the power is in ON condition, it is normal when the Analog
Tester needle moves slowly, and defective when it does not move at all.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Standard Repair Process Detail Technical Manual
Error Established
symptom D. VCOM Adjustment date
2010. 12 .14
LCD TV
Revised
Content Sequence of the Vcom adjustment A28
date

1. Case
■ LCD module change
■ T-Con board change

2. Equipment
■ Service Remote controller

3. Adjust sequence
■ Press the ‘adj’ key
■ select V-COM
■ As pushing the right or the left button on the remote controller, And find the V-COM value Which is no or
minimized the Flicker.
(If there is no flicker at default value, Press the exit key and finish the VCOM adjustment.)
■ Push the OK key to store the value. Then the message “Saving OK” is pop.
■ Press the exit key to finish V-COM adjustment.

Copyright © 2012 LG Electronics. Inc. All rights reserved. LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training
Downloaded fromand service purposes
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You might also like